2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
|
|
|
|
@c %**start of header
|
|
|
|
@setfilename xorriso.info
|
2014-03-04 11:03:33 +00:00
|
|
|
@settitle GNU xorriso 1.3.6
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c %**end of header
|
|
|
|
@c
|
2010-03-21 12:45:43 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man-ignore-lines begin
|
|
|
|
@dircategory Archiving
|
|
|
|
@direntry
|
2010-03-22 08:26:09 +00:00
|
|
|
* Xorriso: (xorriso). Burns ISO 9660 on CD, DVD, BD.
|
2010-03-21 12:45:43 +00:00
|
|
|
@end direntry
|
|
|
|
@c man-ignore-lines end
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c
|
|
|
|
@c Notes about embedded man page:
|
|
|
|
@c This texinfo code contains the necessary info to produce a man page
|
|
|
|
@c which resembles much the version of xorriso.1 from which this code
|
|
|
|
@c was originally derived in march 2010.
|
|
|
|
@c One can produce the man page by applying the following rules:
|
|
|
|
@c The first line gets discarded.
|
|
|
|
@c Line start "@c man " will become "", the remainder is put out unaltered.
|
|
|
|
@c Lines "@*" will be converted to ".br"
|
2010-06-10 18:15:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@c "@c man-ignore-lines N" will discard N following lines.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c "@c man-ignore-lines begin" discards all following lines
|
|
|
|
@c up to "@c man-ignore-lines end".
|
|
|
|
@c Line blocks of "@menu" "@end menu" will be discarded.
|
|
|
|
@c "@item word words" becomes "\fBword\fR words".
|
2011-05-17 17:37:00 +00:00
|
|
|
@c @b{...}, @command{...}, @dfn{...}, @emph{...}, @strong{...}
|
|
|
|
@c get mapped to \fB...\fR .
|
|
|
|
@c @abbr{...}, @code{...}, @file{...}, @i{...}, @option{...}, @r{...},
|
|
|
|
@c @ref{...}, @samp{...},@var{...}, get mapped to ... .
|
|
|
|
@c @ref{...}, @xref{...} get mapped to empty text.
|
2011-05-17 09:28:05 +00:00
|
|
|
@c @email{...} gets mapped to <...> .
|
|
|
|
@c Mapped {...} content is subject to the rules except {...} mapping.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c @minus{} will become "-".
|
|
|
|
@c @@ , @{, @} will get stripped of their first @.
|
|
|
|
@c Other lines which begin by "@" will be discarded.
|
|
|
|
@c In lines not stemming from "@c man", "\" becomes "\\"
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
@c "-" which are not preceded by an uneven number of "\" will get
|
2011-05-17 17:37:00 +00:00
|
|
|
@c prepended one "\".
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c
|
|
|
|
@c
|
|
|
|
@c man .\" Hey, EMACS: -*- nroff -*-
|
|
|
|
@c man .\"
|
|
|
|
@c man .\" IMPORTANT NOTE:
|
|
|
|
@c man .\"
|
|
|
|
@c man .\" The original of this file is kept in xorriso/xorriso.texi
|
|
|
|
@c man .\" This here was generated by program xorriso/make_xorriso_1
|
|
|
|
@c man .\"
|
|
|
|
@c man .\"
|
|
|
|
@c man .\" First parameter, NAME, should be all caps
|
|
|
|
@c man .\" Second parameter, SECTION, should be 1-8, maybe w/ subsection
|
|
|
|
@c man .\" other parameters are allowed: see man(7), man(1)
|
2014-03-04 11:03:33 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .TH XORRISO 1 "Version 1.3.6, Mar 04, 2014"
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .\" Please adjust this date whenever revising the manpage.
|
|
|
|
@c man .\"
|
|
|
|
@c man .\" Some roff macros, for reference:
|
|
|
|
@c man .\" .nh disable hyphenation
|
|
|
|
@c man .\" .hy enable hyphenation
|
|
|
|
@c man .\" .ad l left justify
|
|
|
|
@c man .\" .ad b justify to both left and right margins
|
|
|
|
@c man .\" .nf disable filling
|
|
|
|
@c man .\" .fi enable filling
|
|
|
|
@c man .\" .br insert line break
|
|
|
|
@c man .\" .sp <n> insert n+1 empty lines
|
|
|
|
@c man .\" for manpage-specific macros, see man(7)
|
|
|
|
@c man .nh
|
|
|
|
@c man-ignore-lines begin
|
|
|
|
@copying
|
|
|
|
xorriso - creates, loads, manipulates and writes ISO 9660 filesystem images
|
|
|
|
with Rock Ridge extensions.
|
|
|
|
|
2014-01-14 09:11:02 +00:00
|
|
|
Copyright @copyright{} 2007 - 2014 Thomas Schmitt
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@quotation
|
|
|
|
Permission is granted to distrubute this text freely.
|
|
|
|
@end quotation
|
|
|
|
@end copying
|
|
|
|
@c man-ignore-lines end
|
|
|
|
@titlepage
|
2014-03-04 11:03:33 +00:00
|
|
|
@title Manual of GNU xorriso 1.3.6
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@author Thomas Schmitt
|
|
|
|
@page
|
|
|
|
@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
|
|
|
|
@insertcopying
|
|
|
|
@end titlepage
|
|
|
|
@contents
|
|
|
|
@ifnottex
|
|
|
|
@node Top
|
2014-03-04 11:03:33 +00:00
|
|
|
@top GNU xorriso 1.3.6
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man-ignore-lines 1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c man .SH NAME
|
|
|
|
xorriso - creates, loads, manipulates and writes ISO 9660 filesystem images
|
|
|
|
with Rock Ridge extensions.
|
|
|
|
@end ifnottex
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
|
|
* Overview:: Overview
|
|
|
|
* Model:: Session model
|
|
|
|
* Media:: Media types and states
|
|
|
|
* Methods:: Creating, Growing, Modifying, Blind Growing
|
|
|
|
* Drives:: Libburn drives
|
|
|
|
* Extras:: Rock Ridge, POSIX, X/Open, El Torito, ACL, xattr
|
|
|
|
* Processing:: Command processing
|
|
|
|
* Dialog:: Dialog, Readline, Result pager
|
2012-11-05 09:37:47 +00:00
|
|
|
* Commands:: Reference of commands
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
* Examples:: Examples
|
|
|
|
* Files:: Files
|
|
|
|
* Seealso:: See also
|
2011-05-17 09:28:05 +00:00
|
|
|
* Bugreport:: Reporting bugs
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
* Legal:: Author, Copyright, Credits
|
2010-03-21 12:45:43 +00:00
|
|
|
* CommandIdx:: Alphabetic Command List
|
|
|
|
* ConceptIdx:: Alphabetic List of Concepts and Objects
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@end menu
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@node Overview, Model, Top, Top
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@chapter Overview
|
|
|
|
@c man .SH SYNOPSIS
|
|
|
|
@c man .B xorriso
|
|
|
|
@c man .RI [ settings | actions ]
|
|
|
|
@c man .br
|
|
|
|
@c man .SH DESCRIPTION
|
|
|
|
@c man .PP
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
@command{xorriso}
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
is a program which copies file objects from POSIX compliant
|
|
|
|
filesystems into Rock Ridge enhanced ISO 9660 filesystems and allows
|
|
|
|
session-wise manipulation of such filesystems. It can load the management
|
|
|
|
information of existing ISO images and it writes the session results to
|
|
|
|
optical media or to filesystem objects.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
Vice versa @command{xorriso} is able to copy file objects out of ISO 9660
|
|
|
|
filesystems.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .PP
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
A special property of @command{xorriso} is that it needs neither an external
|
|
|
|
ISO 9660
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
formatter program nor an external burn program for CD, DVD or BD but rather
|
|
|
|
incorporates the libraries of libburnia-project.org .
|
|
|
|
@c man .SS
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@section Features
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .B Overview of features:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Operates on an existing ISO image or creates a new one.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Copies files from disk filesystem into the ISO image.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Copies files from ISO image to disk filesystem (see osirrox).
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Renames or deletes file objects in the ISO image.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Changes file properties in the ISO image.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Updates ISO subtrees incrementally to match given disk subtrees.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Writes result either as completely new image or as add-on session
|
|
|
|
to optical media or filesystem objects.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-04-18 09:59:08 +00:00
|
|
|
Can activate ISOLINUX and GRUB boot images via El Torito and MBR.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Can perform multi-session tasks as emulation of mkisofs and cdrecord.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Can record and restore hard links and ACL.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Content may get zisofs compressed or filtered by external processes.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Can issue commands to mount older sessions on GNU/Linux or FreeBSD.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Can check media for damages and copy readable blocks to disk.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Can attach MD5 checksums to each data file and the whole session.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Scans for optical drives, blanks re-useable optical media.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Reads its instructions from command line arguments, dialog, and files.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Provides navigation commands for interactive ISO image manipulation.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Adjustable thresholds for abort, exit value, and problem reporting.
|
2013-05-07 20:04:28 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2013-05-07 20:42:12 +00:00
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
2013-05-07 20:04:28 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .sp 1
|
|
|
|
Note that @command{xorriso} does not write audio CDs and that it does not
|
|
|
|
produce UDF filesystems which are specified for official video DVD or BD.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .SS
|
|
|
|
@c man .B General information paragraphs:
|
|
|
|
@c man .br
|
|
|
|
@c man Session model
|
|
|
|
@c man .br
|
|
|
|
@c man Media types and states
|
|
|
|
@c man .br
|
|
|
|
@c man Creating, Growing, Modifying, Blind Growing
|
|
|
|
@c man .br
|
|
|
|
@c man Libburn drives
|
|
|
|
@c man .br
|
|
|
|
@c man Rock Ridge, POSIX, X/Open, El Torito, ACL, xattr
|
|
|
|
@c man .br
|
|
|
|
@c man Command processing
|
|
|
|
@c man .br
|
|
|
|
@c man Dialog, Readline, Result pager
|
|
|
|
@c man .sp 1
|
|
|
|
@c man Maybe you first want to have a look at section EXAMPLES near the end of
|
|
|
|
@c man this text before reading the next few hundred lines of background information.
|
|
|
|
@c man .SS
|
|
|
|
@node Model, Media, Overview, Top
|
|
|
|
@chapter Session model
|
|
|
|
@c man \fBSession model:\fR
|
|
|
|
@c man .br
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex Session, _definition
|
2012-03-14 15:26:49 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex ISO 9660, _definition
|
|
|
|
@cindex ECMA-119, _definition
|
|
|
|
Unlike other filesystems, @strong{ISO 9660} (aka @strong{ECMA-119})
|
|
|
|
is not intended for read-write operation but
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
rather for being generated in a single sweep and being written to media as a
|
|
|
|
@strong{session}.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex Image, _definition
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
The data content of the session is called filesystem @strong{image}.
|
|
|
|
@c man .PP
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
The written image in its session can then be mounted by the operating system
|
|
|
|
for being used read-only. GNU/Linux is able to mount ISO images from block
|
|
|
|
devices, which may represent optical media, other media or via a loop device
|
|
|
|
even from regular disk files. FreeBSD mounts ISO images from devices that
|
|
|
|
represent arbitrary media or from regular disk files.
|
|
|
|
@c man .PP
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex Multi-session, _definition
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
This session usage model has been extended on CD media by the concept of
|
|
|
|
@strong{multi-session} ,
|
|
|
|
which allows to add information to the CD and gives the mount programs
|
|
|
|
of the operating systems the addresses of the entry points of each
|
|
|
|
session. The mount programs recognize block devices which represent
|
|
|
|
CD media and will by default mount the image in the last session.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
This session usually contains an updated directory tree for the whole medium
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
which governs the data contents in all recorded sessions.
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
So in the view of the mount program all sessions of a particular medium
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
together form a single filesystem image.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Adding a session to an existing ISO image is in this text referred as
|
|
|
|
@strong{growing}.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
The multi-session model of the MMC standard does not apply to all media
|
|
|
|
types. But program growisofs by Andy Polyakov showed how to extend this
|
|
|
|
functionality to overwriteable media or disk files which carry valid ISO 9660
|
|
|
|
filesystems.
|
|
|
|
@c man .PP
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
@command{xorriso} provides growing as well as an own method named
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@strong{modifying} which produces a completely new ISO image from the old
|
|
|
|
one and the modifications.
|
|
|
|
See paragraph Creating, Growing, Modifying, Blind Growing below.
|
|
|
|
@c man .PP
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
@command{xorriso} adopts the concept of multi-session by loading an
|
|
|
|
image directory tree if present,
|
|
|
|
by allowing to manipulate it by several actions,
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
and by writing the new image to the target medium.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .br
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
The first session of a @command{xorriso} run begins by the definition of
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
the input drive with the ISO image or by the definition of an output drive.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
The session ends by command -commit which triggers writing. A -commit is
|
|
|
|
done automatically when the program ends regularly.
|
|
|
|
@c man .PP
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
After -commit a new session begins with the freshly written one as input.
|
|
|
|
A new input drive can only be chosen as long as the loaded ISO image was
|
|
|
|
not altered. Pending alteration can be revoked by command -rollback.
|
|
|
|
@c man .PP
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
Writing a session to the target is supposed to be very expensive in terms of
|
|
|
|
time and of consumed space on appendable or write-once media. Therefore all
|
|
|
|
intended manipulations of a particular ISO image should be done in a single
|
|
|
|
session. But in principle it is possible
|
|
|
|
to store intermediate states and to continue with image manipulations.
|
|
|
|
@c man .SS
|
2013-09-05 08:18:00 +00:00
|
|
|
@node Media, Methods, Model, Top
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@chapter Media types and states
|
|
|
|
@c man .B Media types and states:
|
|
|
|
There are two families of media in the MMC standard:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex Multi-session media, _definition
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@strong{Multi-session media} are CD-R, CD-RW, DVD-R, DVD+R, DVD+R/DL, BD-R, and
|
|
|
|
unformatted DVD-RW. These media provide a table of content which
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
describes their existing sessions. See command @strong{-toc}.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-08-21 10:30:45 +00:00
|
|
|
Similar to multi-session media are DVD-R DL and minimally blanked DVD-RW.
|
|
|
|
They allow only a single session of which the size must be known in advance.
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
@command{xorriso} will write onto them only if command -close is set to "on".
|
2010-08-21 10:30:45 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex Overwriteable media, _definition
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@strong{Overwriteable media} are DVD-RAM, DVD+RW, BD-RE, and formatted DVD-RW.
|
|
|
|
They allow random write access but do not provide information about their
|
|
|
|
session history. If they contain one or more ISO 9660 sessions and if the
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
first session was written by @command{xorriso}, then a table of content can
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
be emulated. Else only a single overall session will be visible.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
DVD-RW media can be formatted by -format "full".
|
|
|
|
They can be made unformatted by -blank "deformat".
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Regular files and block devices are handled as overwriteable media.
|
|
|
|
Pipes and other writeable file types are handled as blank multi-session media.
|
|
|
|
@c man .PP
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
These media can assume several states in which they offer different
|
|
|
|
capabilities.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
@cindex Blank media, _definition
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@strong{Blank} media can be written from scratch. They contain no ISO image
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
suitable for @command{xorriso}.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Blank is the state of newly purchased optical media.
|
|
|
|
With used CD-RW and DVD-RW it can be achieved by action -blank "as_needed".
|
|
|
|
Overwriteable media are considered blank if they are new or if they have
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
been marked as blank by @command{xorriso}.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Action -blank "as_needed" can be used to do this marking on overwriteable
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
media, or to apply mandatory formatting to new media if necessary.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
@cindex Appendable media, _definition
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@strong{Appendable} media accept further sessions. Either they are MMC
|
|
|
|
multi-session media in appendable state, or they are overwriteable media
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
which contain an ISO image suitable for @command{xorriso}.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
Appendable is the state after writing a session with command -close off.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
@cindex Closed media, _definition
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@strong{Closed} media cannot be written. They may contain an ISO image suitable
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
for @command{xorriso}.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Closed is the state of DVD-ROM media and of multi-session media which were
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
written with command -close on. If the drive is read-only hardware then it will
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
probably show any media as closed CD-ROM resp. DVD-ROM.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Overwriteable media assume this state in such read-only drives or if they
|
|
|
|
contain unrecognizable data in the first 32 data blocks.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Read-only drives may or may not show session histories of multi-session
|
|
|
|
media. Often only the first and the last session are visible. Sometimes
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
not even that. Command -rom_toc_scan might or might not help in such cases.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .SS
|
2013-09-05 08:18:00 +00:00
|
|
|
@node Methods, Drives, Media, Top
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@chapter Creating, Growing, Modifying, Blind Growing:
|
|
|
|
@c man .B Creating, Growing, Modifying, Blind Growing:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-03-14 15:26:49 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex Create, new ISO image, _definition
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
A new empty ISO image gets @strong{created}
|
|
|
|
if there is no input drive with a valid ISO 9660 image when the first time
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
an output drive is defined. This is achieved by command -dev on blank media
|
|
|
|
or by command -outdev on media in any state.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
The new empty image can be populated with directories and files.
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
Before it can be written, the medium in the output drive must get into
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
blank state if it was not blank already.
|
|
|
|
@c man .PP
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
If there is a input drive with a valid ISO image, then this image gets loaded
|
|
|
|
as foundation for manipulations and extension. The constellation of input
|
|
|
|
and output drive determines which write method will be used.
|
|
|
|
They have quite different capabilities and constraints.
|
|
|
|
@c man .PP
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex Growing, _definition
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
The method of @strong{growing} adds new data to the existing data on the
|
|
|
|
medium. These data comprise of new file content and they override the existing
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
ISO 9660 + Rock Ridge directory tree. It is possible to hide files from
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
previous sessions but they still exist on the medium and with many types of
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
optical media it is quite easy to recover them by mounting older sessions.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
Growing is achieved by command -dev.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .PP
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex Modifying, _definition
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
The write method of @strong{modifying} produces compact filesystem
|
|
|
|
images with no outdated files or directory trees. Modifying can write its
|
|
|
|
images to target media which are completely unsuitable for multi-session
|
|
|
|
operations. E.g. DVD-RW which were treated with -blank deformat_quickest,
|
2010-08-21 10:30:45 +00:00
|
|
|
DVD-R DL, named pipes, character devices, sockets.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
On the other hand modified sessions cannot be written to appendable media
|
|
|
|
but to blank media only.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
So for this method one needs either two optical drives or has to work with
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
filesystem objects as source and/or target medium.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Modifying takes place if input drive and output drive are not the same and
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
if command -grow_blindly is set to its default "off".
|
|
|
|
This is achieved by commands -indev and -outdev.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .PP
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex Blind growing, _definition
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
If command -grow_blindly is set to a non-negative number and if -indev and
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
-outdev are both set to different drives, then @strong{blind growing} is
|
|
|
|
performed. It produces an add-on session which is ready for being written
|
|
|
|
to the given block address. This is the usage model of
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
mkisofs -M $indev -C $msc1,$msc2 -o $outdev
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
which gives much room for wrong parameter combinations and should thus only be
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
employed if a strict distinction between ISO formatter @command{xorriso}
|
|
|
|
and the burn program is desired. -C $msc1,$msc2 is equivalent to:
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-load sbsector $msc1 -grow_blindly $msc2
|
|
|
|
@c man .SS
|
2013-09-05 08:18:00 +00:00
|
|
|
@node Drives, Extras, Methods, Top
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@chapter Libburn drives
|
|
|
|
@c man .B Libburn drives:
|
|
|
|
@c man .br
|
2012-03-14 15:26:49 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex Drive, _definition
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Input drive, i.e. source of an existing or empty ISO image, can be any random
|
|
|
|
access readable libburn drive: optical media with readable data,
|
|
|
|
blank optical media, regular files, block devices.
|
2013-12-01 08:30:54 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Output drive, i.e. target for writing, can be any libburn drive.
|
|
|
|
Some drive types do not support the method of growing but only the methods
|
|
|
|
of modifying and blind growing. They all are suitable for newly created images.
|
2013-12-01 08:30:54 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .PP
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
All drive file objects have to offer rw-permission to the user of
|
|
|
|
@command{xorriso}.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Even those which will not be useable for reading an ISO image.
|
2013-12-01 08:30:54 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2013-12-12 15:50:58 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex LBA, _definition
|
2013-12-01 08:30:54 +00:00
|
|
|
With any type of drive object, the data are considered to be organized in
|
|
|
|
blocks of 2 KiB. Access happens in terms of Logical Block Address
|
|
|
|
(@strong{LBA}) which gives the number of a particular data block.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .PP
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
MMC compliant (i.e. optical) drives on GNU/Linux usually get addressed by
|
|
|
|
the path of their block device or of their generic character device. E.g.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-dev /dev/sr0
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-dev /dev/hdc
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-dev /dev/sg2
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
On FreeBSD the device files have names like
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-dev /dev/cd0
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2014-03-03 20:28:36 +00:00
|
|
|
On NetBSD:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-dev /dev/rcd0d
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-06-10 18:15:56 +00:00
|
|
|
On OpenSolaris:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-dev /dev/rdsk/c4t0d0s2
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Get a list of accessible drives by command
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2011-07-27 21:14:49 +00:00
|
|
|
-device_links
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
It might be necessary to do this as
|
|
|
|
@strong{superuser}
|
|
|
|
in order to see all drives and to then allow rw-access for the intended users.
|
|
|
|
Consider to bundle the authorized users in a group like old "floppy".
|
|
|
|
@c man .PP
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
Filesystem objects of nearly any type can be addressed by prefix "stdio:" and
|
|
|
|
their path in the filesystem. E.g.:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-dev stdio:/dev/sdc
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
The default setting of -drive_class allows to address files outside the
|
|
|
|
/dev tree without that prefix. E.g.:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-dev /tmp/pseudo_drive
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
If path leads to a regular file or to a block device then the emulated drive
|
|
|
|
is random access readable and can be used for the method of growing if it
|
|
|
|
already contains a valid ISO 9660 image. Any other file type is not readable
|
|
|
|
via "stdio:" and can only be used as target for the method of modifying or
|
|
|
|
blind growing.
|
|
|
|
Non-existing paths in existing directories are handled as empty regular files.
|
|
|
|
@c man .PP
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
A very special kind of pseudo drive are open file descriptors. They are
|
|
|
|
depicted by "stdio:/dev/fd/" and descriptor number (see man 2 open).
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Addresses "-" or "stdio:/dev/fd/1" depict standard output, which normally is
|
|
|
|
the output channel for result texts.
|
|
|
|
To prevent a fatal intermingling of ISO image and text messages, all result
|
|
|
|
texts get redirected to stderr if -*dev "-" or "stdio:/dev/fd/1" is among
|
|
|
|
the start arguments of the program.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Standard output is currently suitable for creating one session
|
|
|
|
per program run without dialog. Use in other situations is discouraged
|
|
|
|
and several restrictions apply:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
It is not allowed to use standard output as pseudo drive if it was not
|
|
|
|
among the start arguments. Do not try to fool this ban via backdoor addresses
|
|
|
|
to stdout.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
If stdout is used as drive, then -use_readline is permanently disabled.
|
|
|
|
Use of backdoors can cause severe memory and/or tty corruption.
|
|
|
|
@c man .PP
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
Be aware that especially the superuser can write into any accessible file or
|
|
|
|
device by using its path with the "stdio:" prefix. By default any address
|
|
|
|
in the /dev tree without prefix "stdio:" will work only if it leads to a MMC
|
|
|
|
drive.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
One may use command
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@strong{-ban_stdio_write}
|
|
|
|
to surely prevent this risk and to allow only MMC drives.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
One may prepend "mmc:" to a path to surely disallow any automatic "stdio:".
|
|
|
|
@c man .br
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
By command -drive_class one may ban certain paths or allow access without
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
prefix "stdio:" to other paths.
|
|
|
|
@c man .SS
|
2013-09-05 08:18:00 +00:00
|
|
|
@node Extras, Processing, Drives, Top
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@chapter Rock Ridge, POSIX, X/Open, El Torito, ACL, xattr
|
|
|
|
@c man .B Rock Ridge, POSIX, X/Open, El Torito, ACL, xattr:
|
|
|
|
@c man .br
|
2012-03-14 15:26:49 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex Rock Ridge, _definition
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@strong{Rock Ridge}
|
|
|
|
is the name of a set of additional information which enhance
|
|
|
|
an ISO 9660 filesystem so that it can represent a POSIX compliant filesystem
|
|
|
|
with ownership, access permissions, symbolic links, and other attributes.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
This is what @command{xorriso} uses for a decent representation of the disk
|
2012-05-22 12:13:18 +00:00
|
|
|
files within the ISO image. @command{xorriso} produces Rock Ridge information
|
|
|
|
by default. It is strongly discouraged to disable this feature.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .PP
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
@command{xorriso} is not named "porriso" because POSIX only guarantees
|
|
|
|
14 characters
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
of filename length. It is the X/Open System Interface standard XSI which
|
|
|
|
demands a file name length of up to 255 characters and paths of up to 1024
|
|
|
|
characters. Rock Ridge fulfills this demand.
|
|
|
|
@c man .PP
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
2012-03-14 15:26:49 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex El Torito, _definition
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
An @strong{El Torito}
|
2010-12-11 08:28:23 +00:00
|
|
|
boot record points the BIOS bootstrapping facility to one or more boot
|
|
|
|
images, which are binary program files stored in the ISO image.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
The content of the boot image files is not in the scope of El Torito.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-04-06 15:18:59 +00:00
|
|
|
Most bootable GNU/Linux CDs are equipped with ISOLINUX or GRUB boot images.
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
@command{xorriso} is able to create or maintain an El Torito object which
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
makes such an image bootable. For details see command -boot_image.
|
2010-04-06 15:18:59 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-03-14 15:26:49 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex MBR, _definition
|
2010-04-06 15:18:59 +00:00
|
|
|
It is possible to make ISO images bootable from USB stick or other
|
2012-06-18 11:20:31 +00:00
|
|
|
hard-disk-like media. Several options install a @strong{MBR}
|
|
|
|
(Master Boot Record), It may get adjusted according to the needs of the
|
|
|
|
intended boot firmware and the involved boot loaders, e.g. GRUB2 or ISOLINUX.
|
|
|
|
A MBR contains boot code and a partition table.
|
|
|
|
The new MBR of a follow-up session can get in effect
|
2010-04-18 15:46:12 +00:00
|
|
|
only on overwriteable media.
|
2010-04-06 15:18:59 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-06-18 11:20:31 +00:00
|
|
|
MBR is read by PC-BIOS when booting from USB stick or hard disk,
|
|
|
|
and by PowerPC CHRP or PReP when booting.
|
|
|
|
An MBR partiton with type 0xee indicates the presence of GPT.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-06-25 09:59:20 +00:00
|
|
|
Emulation -as mkisofs supports the example options out of the ISOLINUX wiki,
|
|
|
|
the options used in GRUB script grub-mkrescue, and the example in the
|
|
|
|
FreeBSD AvgLiveCD wiki.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-06-18 11:20:31 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex GPT, _definition
|
|
|
|
A @strong{GPT} (GUID Partition Table) marks partitions in a more modern way.
|
|
|
|
It is read by EFI when booting from USB stick or hard disk, and may be used
|
|
|
|
for finding and mounting a HFS+ partition inside the ISO image.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@cindex APM, _definition
|
|
|
|
An @strong{APM} (Apple Partition Map) marks the HFS+ partition.
|
|
|
|
It is read by Macs for booting and for mounting.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
MBR, GPT and APM are combinable. APM occupies the first 8 bytes of
|
|
|
|
MBR boot code. All three do not hamper El Torito booting from CDROM.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
There is support for further facilities:
|
2014-03-03 20:28:36 +00:00
|
|
|
MIPS Big Endian (SGI), MIPS Little Endian (DEC), SUN SPARC.
|
2012-06-18 11:20:31 +00:00
|
|
|
Those are mutually not combinable and also not combinable with MBR, GPT,
|
|
|
|
or APM.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@c man .PP
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
2012-03-14 15:26:49 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex ACL, _definition
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@strong{ACL}
|
|
|
|
are an advanced way of controlling access permissions to file objects. Neither
|
|
|
|
ISO 9660 nor Rock Ridge specify a way to record ACLs. So libisofs has
|
|
|
|
introduced a standard conformant extension named AAIP for that purpose.
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
It uses this extension if enabled by command
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@strong{-acl}.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
AAIP enhanced images are supposed to be mountable normally, but one cannot
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
expect that the mounted filesystem will show and respect the ACLs.
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
For now, only @command{xorriso} is able to retrieve those ACLs.
|
|
|
|
It can bring them into
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
effect when files get restored to an ACL enabled file system or it can
|
|
|
|
print them in a format suitable for tool setfacl.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Files with ACL show as group permissions the setting of entry "mask::" if
|
|
|
|
that entry exists. Nevertheless the non-listed group members get handled
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
according to entry "group::". When removing ACL from a file,
|
|
|
|
@command{xorriso} brings "group::" into effect.
|
2011-08-23 10:42:01 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Recording and restoring of ACLs from and to local files works currently
|
|
|
|
only on GNU/Linux and FreeBSD.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .PP
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
2012-03-14 15:26:49 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex xattr, _definition
|
|
|
|
@cindex EA, _definition
|
|
|
|
@cindex extattr, _definition
|
2011-08-23 10:42:01 +00:00
|
|
|
@strong{xattr} (aka EA, or extattr)
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
are pairs of name and value which can be attached to file objects. AAIP is
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
able to represent them and @command{xorriso} allows to record and restore
|
|
|
|
pairs which
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
have names out of the user namespace. I.e. those which begin with "user.",
|
|
|
|
like "user.x" or "user.whatever". Name has to be a 0 terminated string.
|
|
|
|
Value may be any array of bytes which does not exceed the size of 4095 bytes.
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
xattr processing happens only if it is enabled by command
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@strong{-xattr}.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
As with ACL, currently only @command{xorriso} is able to retrieve xattr
|
|
|
|
from AAIP enhanced images, to restore them to xattr capable file systems,
|
|
|
|
or to print them.
|
2011-08-23 10:42:01 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Recording and restoring of xattr from and to local files works currently
|
|
|
|
only on GNU/Linux and FreeBSD, where they are known as extattr.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .SS
|
2013-09-05 08:18:00 +00:00
|
|
|
@node Processing, Dialog, Extras, Top
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@chapter Command processing
|
|
|
|
@c man .B Command processing:
|
|
|
|
@c man .br
|
|
|
|
Commands are either actions which happen immediately or settings which
|
2012-01-31 13:04:28 +00:00
|
|
|
influence following actions. So their sequence does matter, unless they are
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
given as program arguments and command
|
2012-01-31 13:04:28 +00:00
|
|
|
@strong{-x}
|
|
|
|
is among them.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-03-14 15:26:49 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex List delimiter, _definition
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Commands consist of a command word,
|
|
|
|
followed by zero or more parameter words. If the list of parameter words
|
2012-03-05 10:32:03 +00:00
|
|
|
is of variable length (indicated by "[...]" or "[***]") then it must be
|
|
|
|
terminated by either the @strong{list delimiter}, occur at the end of
|
|
|
|
the argument list, or occur at the end of an input line.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .PP
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
2012-03-05 10:32:03 +00:00
|
|
|
At program start the list delimiter is the string "@minus{}@minus{}".
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
This may be changed with the -list_delimiter command in order to allow
|
2012-03-05 10:32:03 +00:00
|
|
|
"@minus{}@minus{}" as parameter in a variable length list.
|
|
|
|
However, it is advised to reset the delimiter to "@minus{}@minus{}"
|
|
|
|
immediately afterwards.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
For brevity the list delimiter is referred as "@minus{}@minus{}"
|
|
|
|
throughout this text.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-03-05 10:32:03 +00:00
|
|
|
The list delimiter is silently ignored if it appears after the parameters of
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
a command with a fixed list length. It is handled as normal text if it
|
2012-02-24 20:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
appears among the parameters of such a command.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .PP
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex Pattern expansion, _definition
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@strong{Pattern expansion}
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
converts a list of pattern words into a list of existing file addresses.
|
2012-03-05 10:32:03 +00:00
|
|
|
Unmatched pattern words will appear unaltered in that result list.
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Pattern matching supports the usual shell parser wildcards '*' '?' '[xyz]'
|
2012-03-05 10:32:03 +00:00
|
|
|
and respects '/' as the path separator, which may only be matched literally.
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-03-05 10:32:03 +00:00
|
|
|
Pattern expansion is a property of some particular commands and not a general
|
|
|
|
feature. It is controlled by commands -iso_rr_pattern and -disk_pattern.
|
|
|
|
Commands which use pattern expansion all have variable parameter
|
|
|
|
lists which are specified in this text by "[***]" rather than "[...]".
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Some other commands perform pattern matching unconditionally.
|
|
|
|
@c man .PP
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
2012-03-05 10:32:03 +00:00
|
|
|
Command and parameter words are either read from the program arguments, where
|
|
|
|
one argument is one word, or from quoted input lines where words are recognized
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
similar to the quotation rules of a shell parser.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-03-05 10:32:03 +00:00
|
|
|
@command{xorriso} is not a shell, although it might appear so at first glimpse.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Be aware that the interaction of quotation marks and pattern symbols like "*"
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
differs from the usual shell parsers. In @command{xorriso}, a quotation mark
|
|
|
|
does not make a pattern symbol literal.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .PP
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
2012-03-14 15:26:49 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex Quoted input, _definition
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@strong{Quoted input}
|
2012-03-05 10:32:03 +00:00
|
|
|
converts whitespace-separated text into words.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
The double quotation mark " and the single quotation mark ' can be used to
|
|
|
|
enclose whitespace and make it part of words (e.g. of file names). Each mark
|
|
|
|
type can enclose the marks of the other type. A trailing backslash \ outside
|
|
|
|
quotations or an open quotation cause the next input line to be appended.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex Backslash Interpretation, _definition
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
Quoted input accepts any 8-bit character except NUL (0) as the content of
|
2012-03-05 10:32:03 +00:00
|
|
|
the quotes.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Nevertheless it can be cumbersome for the user to produce those characters
|
2012-03-05 10:32:03 +00:00
|
|
|
directly. Therefore quoted input and program arguments allow optional
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@strong{Backslash Interpretation}
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
which can represent all 8-bit characters except NUL (0) via backslash codes
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
as in $'...' of bash.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
This is not enabled by default. See command -backslash_codes.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .PP
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
When the program starts then it first looks for argument -no_rc. If this is
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
not present then it looks for its startup files and
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
reads their content as command input lines. Then it interprets
|
|
|
|
the program arguments as commands and parameters. Finally it enters
|
2012-03-05 10:32:03 +00:00
|
|
|
dialog mode if command -dialog "on" has been executed by this point.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .PP
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
The program ends either by command -end, or by the end of program arguments
|
2012-03-05 10:32:03 +00:00
|
|
|
if dialog mode has not been enabled at that point, or by a problem
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
event which triggers the threshold of command -abort_on.
|
|
|
|
@c man .SS
|
2013-09-05 08:18:00 +00:00
|
|
|
@node Dialog, Commands, Processing, Top
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@chapter Dialog, Readline, Result pager
|
|
|
|
@c man .B Dialog, Readline, Result pager:
|
|
|
|
@c man .br
|
|
|
|
Dialog mode prompts for a quoted input line, parses it into words, and performs
|
|
|
|
them as commands with their parameters. It provides assisting services
|
|
|
|
to make dialog more comfortable.
|
|
|
|
@c man .PP
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
2012-03-05 10:32:03 +00:00
|
|
|
Readline is an enhancement for the input line. You may already know it from
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
the bash shell. Whether it is available in @command{xorriso} depends on the
|
|
|
|
availability
|
|
|
|
of package readline-dev at the time when @command{xorriso} was built from
|
|
|
|
its sourcecode.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-03-05 10:32:03 +00:00
|
|
|
Readline allows to move the cursor over the text in the line by help of the
|
|
|
|
Left and the Right arrow keys.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Text may be inserted at the cursor position. The Delete key removes the
|
2012-03-05 10:32:03 +00:00
|
|
|
character under the cursor. Up and Down arrow keys navigate through
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
the history of previous input lines.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@c man-ignore-lines 1
|
|
|
|
See info readline
|
|
|
|
@c man See man readline
|
|
|
|
for more info about libreadline.
|
|
|
|
@c man .PP
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
Command -page activates a built-in result text pager which may be convenient in
|
2012-03-05 10:32:03 +00:00
|
|
|
dialog mode. After an action has output the given number of terminal lines,
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
the pager prompts the user for a line of input.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-03-05 10:32:03 +00:00
|
|
|
An empty line lets @command{xorriso} resume work until the next page is output.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
The single character "@@" disables paging for the current action.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-03-05 10:32:03 +00:00
|
|
|
"@@@@@@", "x", "q", "X", or "Q" request that the current action aborts and
|
|
|
|
suppress further result output.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-03-05 10:32:03 +00:00
|
|
|
Any other line input will be interpreted as new dialog line. The current action
|
|
|
|
is requested to abort. Afterwards, the input line is executed.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .PP
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
Some actions apply paging to their info output, too.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-03-05 10:32:03 +00:00
|
|
|
The request to abort may or may not be obeyed by the current action.
|
|
|
|
All actions try to abort as soon as possible.
|
2013-09-05 08:18:00 +00:00
|
|
|
@node Commands, Examples, Dialog, Top
|
2012-11-05 09:37:47 +00:00
|
|
|
@chapter Commands
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .br
|
|
|
|
@c man .SH OPTIONS
|
|
|
|
@c man .br
|
|
|
|
All command words are shown with a leading dash although this dash is not
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
mandatory for the command to be recognized. Nevertheless within command -as
|
|
|
|
the dashes of the emulated commands are mandatory.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Normally any number of leading dashes is ignored with command words and
|
|
|
|
inner dashes are interpreted as underscores.
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
2012-01-31 13:04:28 +00:00
|
|
|
* ArgSort:: Execution order of program arguments
|
2012-03-05 10:32:03 +00:00
|
|
|
* AqDrive:: Acquiring source and target drive
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
* Loading:: Influencing the behavior of image loading
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
* Insert:: Inserting files into ISO image
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
* SetInsert:: Settings for file insertion
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
* Manip:: File manipulations
|
|
|
|
* CmdFind:: Tree traversal command -find
|
|
|
|
* Filter:: Filters for data file content
|
|
|
|
* Writing:: Writing the result, drive control
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
* SetWrite:: Settings for result writing
|
2010-10-18 21:22:23 +00:00
|
|
|
* Bootable:: Bootable ISO images
|
2010-09-29 15:28:57 +00:00
|
|
|
* Jigdo:: Jigdo Template Extraction
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
* Charset:: Character sets
|
|
|
|
* Exception:: Exception processing
|
|
|
|
* DialogCtl:: Dialog mode control
|
|
|
|
* Inquiry:: Drive and media related inquiry actions
|
|
|
|
* Navigate:: Navigation in ISO image and disk filesystem
|
|
|
|
* Verify:: Evaluation of readability and recovery
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
* Restore:: osirrox ISO-to-disk restore commands
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
* Emulation:: Command compatibility emulations (cdrtools)
|
|
|
|
* Scripting:: Scripting, dialog and program control features
|
|
|
|
* Frontend:: Support for frontend programs via stdin and stdout
|
|
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
2012-11-05 09:37:47 +00:00
|
|
|
@node ArgSort, AqDrive, Commands, Commands
|
2012-01-31 13:04:28 +00:00
|
|
|
@section Execution order of program arguments
|
|
|
|
@c man .B Execution order of program arguments:
|
|
|
|
@c man .PP
|
|
|
|
By default the program arguments of a xorriso run are interpreted as a
|
|
|
|
sequence of commands which get performed exactly in the given order.
|
|
|
|
This requires the user to write commands for desired settings before the
|
|
|
|
commands which shall be influenced by those settings.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-03-05 10:32:03 +00:00
|
|
|
Many other programs support program arguments in an arbitrary ordering
|
|
|
|
and perform settings and actions in a sequence at their own discretion.
|
|
|
|
xorriso provides an option to enable such a behavior
|
|
|
|
at the cost of loss of expressivity.
|
2012-01-31 13:04:28 +00:00
|
|
|
@table @asis
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -x
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -x enables automatic execution order of arguments
|
|
|
|
@cindex Automatic execution order, of arguments, -x
|
2012-03-05 10:32:03 +00:00
|
|
|
Enable automatic sorting of program arguments into a sequence that
|
|
|
|
(most likely) is sensible.
|
|
|
|
This command may be given at any position among the commands
|
2012-01-31 13:04:28 +00:00
|
|
|
which are handed over as program arguments.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-03-05 10:32:03 +00:00
|
|
|
Note: It works only if it is given as program argument and
|
|
|
|
with a single dash (i.e. "-x"). It will not work in startup files, nor with
|
|
|
|
-options_from_file, nor in dialog mode, nor as "x" and finally not as
|
|
|
|
"@minus{}@minus{}x".
|
|
|
|
It affects only the commands given as program arguments.
|
2012-01-31 13:04:28 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -list_arg_sorting
|
|
|
|
@kindex -list_arg_sorting prints sorting order of -x
|
|
|
|
@cindex Sorting order, for -x, -list_arg_sorting
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
List all xorriso commands in the order which applies if command -x is in
|
|
|
|
effect.
|
2012-01-31 13:04:28 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-03-05 10:32:03 +00:00
|
|
|
This list may also be helpful without -x for a user who ponders over the
|
|
|
|
sequence in which to put commands. Deviations from the listed sorting order may
|
2012-01-31 13:04:28 +00:00
|
|
|
well make sense, though.
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@c man .PP
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
2012-11-05 09:37:47 +00:00
|
|
|
@node AqDrive, Loading, ArgSort, Commands
|
2012-03-05 10:32:03 +00:00
|
|
|
@section Acquiring source and target drive
|
|
|
|
@c man .B Acquiring source and target drive:
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .PP
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
The effect of acquiring a drive may depend on several commands in the
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
next paragraph "Influencing the behavior of image loading".
|
|
|
|
If desired, their enabling commands have to be performed before the
|
2012-03-05 10:32:03 +00:00
|
|
|
commands which acquire the drive.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@table @asis
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -dev address
|
2012-03-05 10:32:03 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -dev acquires one drive for input and output
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex Drive, for input and output, -dev
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
Set input and output drive to the same address and load an ISO image if it
|
|
|
|
is present.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
If there is no ISO image then create a blank one.
|
|
|
|
Set the image expansion method to growing.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
This is only allowed as long as no changes are pending in the currently
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
loaded ISO image. If changes are pending, then one has to perform -commit
|
|
|
|
or -rollback first.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Special address string "-" means standard output, to which several restrictions
|
|
|
|
apply. See above paragraph "Libburn drives".
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
An empty address string "" gives up the current device
|
2012-03-05 10:32:03 +00:00
|
|
|
without acquiring a new one.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -indev address
|
2012-03-05 10:32:03 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -indev acquires a drive for input
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex Drive, for input, -indev
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
Set input drive and load an ISO image if present.
|
|
|
|
If the new input drive differs
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
from -outdev then switch from growing to modifying or to blind growing.
|
|
|
|
It depends on the setting of -grow_blindly which of both gets activated.
|
|
|
|
The same rules and restrictions apply as with -dev.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -outdev address
|
2012-03-05 10:32:03 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -outdev acquires a drive for output
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex Drive, for output, -outdev
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Set output drive and if it differs from the input drive then switch from
|
|
|
|
growing to modifying or to blind growing. Unlike -dev and -indev this action
|
|
|
|
does not load a new ISO image. So it can be performed even if there are pending
|
|
|
|
changes.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-outdev can be performed without previous -dev or -indev. In that case an
|
|
|
|
empty ISO image with no changes pending is created. It can either be populated
|
|
|
|
by help of -map, -add et.al. or it can be discarded silently if -dev or -indev
|
|
|
|
are performed afterwards.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Special address string "-" means standard output, to which several restrictions
|
|
|
|
apply. See above paragraph "Libburn drives".
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
An empty address string "" gives up the current output drive
|
2012-03-05 10:32:03 +00:00
|
|
|
without acquiring a new one. No writing is possible without an output drive.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -grow_blindly "off"|predicted_nwa
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -grow_blindly overides next writeable address
|
|
|
|
@cindex Next writeable address, -grow_blindly
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
If predicted_nwa is a non-negative number then perform blind growing rather
|
|
|
|
than modifying if -indev and -outdev are set to different drives.
|
|
|
|
"off" or "-1" switch to modifying, which is the default.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
predicted_nwa is the block address where the add-on session of blind
|
|
|
|
growing will finally end up. It is the responsibility of the user to ensure
|
|
|
|
this final position and the presence of the older sessions. Else the
|
|
|
|
overall ISO image will not be mountable or will produce read errors when
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
accessing file content. @command{xorriso} will write the session to the address
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
as obtained from examining -outdev and not necessarily to predicted_nwa.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
During a run of blind growing, the input drive is given up before output
|
|
|
|
begins. The output drive is given up when writing is done.
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@c man .B Influencing the behavior of image loading:
|
2012-11-05 09:37:47 +00:00
|
|
|
@node Loading, Insert, AqDrive, Commands
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@section Influencing the behavior of image loading
|
|
|
|
@c man .PP
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
The following commands should normally be performed before loading an image
|
2012-03-05 10:32:03 +00:00
|
|
|
by acquiring an input drive. In rare cases it is desirable to activate
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
them only after image loading.
|
|
|
|
@table @asis
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
2013-10-08 17:58:09 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -read_speed code|number[k|m|c|d|b]
|
|
|
|
@kindex -read_speed set read speed
|
|
|
|
@cindex Read, set speed, -read_speed
|
|
|
|
Set the speed for reading. Default is "none", which avoids to send a speed
|
|
|
|
setting command to the drive before reading begins.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Further special speed codes are:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"max" (or "0") selects maximum speed as announced by the drive.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"min" (or "-1") selects minimum speed as announced by the drive.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Speed can be given in media dependent numbers or as a
|
|
|
|
desired throughput per second in MMC compliant kB (= 1000)
|
|
|
|
or MB (= 1000 kB). Media x-speed factor can be set explicity
|
|
|
|
by "c" for CD, "d" for DVD, "b" for BD, "x" is optional.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Example speeds:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
706k = 706kB/s = 4c = 4xCD
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
5540k = 5540kB/s = 4d = 4xDVD
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
If there is no hint about the speed unit attached, then the
|
|
|
|
medium in the -indev will decide. Default unit is CD = 176.4k.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2013-11-15 12:35:09 +00:00
|
|
|
Depending on the drive, the reported read speeds can be deceivingly low
|
|
|
|
or high. Therefore "min" cannot become higher than 1x speed of the involved
|
|
|
|
medium type. Read speed "max" cannot become lower than 52xCD, 24xDVD,
|
|
|
|
or 20xBD, depending on the medium type.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2013-10-08 17:58:09 +00:00
|
|
|
MMC drives usually activate their own idea of speed and take
|
2013-11-15 12:35:09 +00:00
|
|
|
the speed value given by the burn program only as hint
|
2013-10-08 17:58:09 +00:00
|
|
|
for their own decision.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -load entity id
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -load addresses a particular session as input
|
|
|
|
@cindex Session, select as input, -load
|
2010-04-06 15:18:59 +00:00
|
|
|
Load a particular (possibly outdated) ISO session from -dev or -indev.
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
Usually all available sessions are shown with command -toc.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
entity depicts the kind of addressing. id depicts the particular
|
|
|
|
address. The following entities are defined:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"auto" with any id addresses the last session in -toc. This is the default.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"session" with id being a number as of a line "ISO session", column "Idx".
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"track" with id being a number as of a line "ISO track", column "Idx".
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"lba" or "sbsector" with a number as of a line "ISO ...", column "sbsector".
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"volid" with a search pattern for a text as of a line "ISO ...",
|
|
|
|
column "Volume Id".
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Adressing a non-existing entity or one which does not represent an ISO
|
|
|
|
image will either abandon -indev or at least lead to a blank image.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
If an input drive is set at the moment when -load is executed, then the
|
|
|
|
addressed ISO image is loaded immediately. Else, the setting will be pending
|
|
|
|
until the next -dev or -indev. After the image has been loaded once, the
|
|
|
|
setting is valid for -rollback until next -dev or -indev, where it
|
|
|
|
will be reset to "auto".
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
2010-11-30 09:43:32 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -displacement [-]lba
|
2010-12-04 17:44:40 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -displacement compensate altered image start address
|
2010-11-30 09:43:32 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex Session, altered start address, -displacement
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
Compensate a displacement of the image versus the start address
|
2010-11-30 09:43:32 +00:00
|
|
|
for which the image was prepared. This affects only loading of ISO images
|
2010-12-06 09:44:02 +00:00
|
|
|
and reading of their files. The multi-session method of growing is not allowed
|
|
|
|
as long as -displacement is non-zero. I.e. -indev and -outdev must be
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
different. The displacement gets reset to 0 before the drive
|
2012-03-05 10:32:03 +00:00
|
|
|
gets re-acquired after writing.
|
2010-12-06 09:44:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-11-30 09:43:32 +00:00
|
|
|
Examples:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
If a track of a CD starts at block 123456 and gets copied to a disk file
|
|
|
|
where it begins at block 0, then this copy can be loaded with
|
|
|
|
-displacement -123456.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
If an ISO image was written onto a partition with offset of 640000 blocks of
|
|
|
|
512 bytes, then it can be loaded from the base device by -displacement 160000.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
In both cases, the ISO sessions should be self contained, i.e. not add-on
|
|
|
|
sessions to an ISO image outside their track resp. partition.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -drive_class "harmless"|"banned"|"caution"|"clear_list" disk_pattern
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -drive_class controls drive accessability
|
|
|
|
@cindex Drive, accessability, -drive_class
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Add a drive path pattern to one of the safety lists or make those lists empty.
|
|
|
|
There are three lists defined which get tested in the following sequence:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
If a drive address path matches the "harmless" list then the drive will be
|
|
|
|
accepted. If it is not a MMC device then the prefix "stdio:" will be prepended
|
|
|
|
automatically. This list is empty by default.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Else if the path matches the "banned" list then the drive will not be
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
accepted by @command{xorriso} but rather lead to a FAILURE event.
|
|
|
|
This list is empty by default.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Else if the path matches the "caution" list and if it is not a MMC device,
|
|
|
|
then its address must have the prefix "stdio:" or it will be rejected.
|
|
|
|
This list has by default one entry: "/dev".
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
If a drive path matches no list then it is considered "harmless". By default
|
|
|
|
these are all paths which do not begin with directory "/dev".
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
A path matches a list if one of its parent paths or itself matches a list
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
entry. Address prefix "stdio:" or "mmc:" will be ignored when
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
testing for matches.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
By pseudo-class "clear_list" and pseudo-patterns "banned", "caution",
|
|
|
|
"harmless", or "all", the lists may be made empty.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
E.g.: -drive_class clear_list banned
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
One will normally define the -drive_class lists in one of the @command{xorriso}
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Startup Files.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Note: This is not a security feature but rather a bumper for the superuser to
|
|
|
|
prevent inadverted mishaps. For reliably blocking access to a device file you
|
|
|
|
have to deny its rw-permissions in the filesystem.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -assert_volid pattern severity
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -assert_volid rejects undesired images
|
2012-11-05 09:37:47 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex Image, demand volume ID, -assert_volid
|
|
|
|
Refuse to load ISO images with volume IDs which do not match the given
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
search pattern. When refusing an image, give up the input drive and issue
|
|
|
|
an event of the given severity (like FAILURE, see -abort_on). An empty search
|
|
|
|
pattern accepts any image.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
This command does not hamper the creation of an empty image from blank
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
input media and does not discard an already loaded image.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -in_charset character_set_name
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -in_charset sets input character set
|
|
|
|
@cindex Character Set, for input, -in_charset
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Set the character set from which to convert file names when loading an
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
image. See paragraph "Character sets" for more explanations.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
When loading the written image after -commit the setting of -out_charset
|
|
|
|
will be copied to -in_charset.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -auto_charset "on"|"off"
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -auto_charset learns character set from image
|
|
|
|
@cindex Character set, learn from image, -auto_charset
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Enable or disable recording and interpretation of the output character
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
set name in an xattr attribute of the image root directory. If enabled and
|
|
|
|
if a recorded character set name is found, then this name will be used as
|
2012-09-21 12:03:32 +00:00
|
|
|
name of the input character set when reading an image.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Note that the default output charset is the local character set of the
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
terminal where @command{xorriso} runs. Before attributing this local
|
|
|
|
character set
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
to the produced ISO image, check whether the terminal properly displays
|
|
|
|
all intended filenames, especially exotic national characters.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -hardlinks mode[:mode...]
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -hardlinks controls handling of hard links
|
|
|
|
@cindex Hard links, control handling, -hardlinks
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Enable or disable loading and recording of hardlink relations.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
In default mode "off", iso_rr files lose their inode numbers at image load
|
|
|
|
time. Each iso_rr file object which has no inode number at image generation
|
|
|
|
time will get a new unique inode number if -compliance is set to new_rr.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
Mode "on" preserves inode numbers from the loaded image if such numbers
|
|
|
|
were recorded.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
When committing a session it searches for families of iso_rr files
|
|
|
|
which stem from the same disk file, have identical content filtering and have
|
|
|
|
identical properties. The family members all get the same inode number.
|
|
|
|
Whether these numbers are respected at mount time depends on the operating
|
|
|
|
system.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2013-05-07 20:02:40 +00:00
|
|
|
Command -lsl displays hardlink counts if "lsl_count" is enabled. This can
|
|
|
|
slow down the command substantially after changes to the ISO image have
|
|
|
|
been made. Therefore the default is "no_lsl_count".
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Commands -update and -update_r track splits and fusions of hard links in
|
|
|
|
filesystems which have stable device and inode numbers. This can cause
|
|
|
|
automatic last minute changes before the session gets written. Command
|
|
|
|
-hardlinks "perform_update" may be used to do these changes earlier,
|
|
|
|
e.g. if you need to apply filters to all updated files.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Mode "without_update" avoids hardlink processing during update commands.
|
|
|
|
Use this if your filesystem situation does not allow -disk_dev_ino "on".
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
@command{xorriso} commands which extract files from an ISO image try to
|
|
|
|
hardlink files
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
with identical inode number. The normal scope of this operation is from
|
|
|
|
image load to image load. One may give up the accumulated hard link addresses
|
|
|
|
by -hardlinks "discard_extract".
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
A large number of hardlink families may exhaust -temp_mem_limit
|
|
|
|
if not -osirrox "sort_lba_on" and -hardlinks "cheap_sorted_extract"
|
|
|
|
are both in effect. This restricts hard linking to other files restored by
|
|
|
|
the same single extract command. -hardlinks "normal_extract" re-enables
|
|
|
|
wide and expensive hardlink accumulation.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2011-02-19 11:25:33 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -acl "on"|"off"
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -acl controls handling of ACLs
|
|
|
|
@cindex ACL, control handling, -acl
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Enable or disable processing of ACLs.
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
If enabled, then @command{xorriso} will obtain ACLs from disk file objects,
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
store ACLs in the ISO image using the libisofs specific AAIP format,
|
|
|
|
load AAIP data from ISO images, test ACL during file comparison,
|
|
|
|
and restore ACLs to disk files when extracting them from ISO images.
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
See also commands -getfacl, -setfacl.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -xattr "on"|"off"
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -xattr controls handling of xattr (EA)
|
|
|
|
@cindex xattr, control handling, -xattr
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Enable or disable processing of xattr attributes in user namespace.
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
If enabled, then @command{xorriso} will handle xattr similar to ACL.
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
See also commands -getfattr, -setfattr and above paragraph about xattr.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
2011-03-09 12:48:21 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -md5 "on"|"all"|"off"|"load_check_off"
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -md5 controls handling of MD5 sums
|
|
|
|
@cindex MD5, control handling, -md5
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Enable or disable processing of MD5 checksums for the overall session and for
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
each single data file. If enabled then images with checksum tags get loaded
|
|
|
|
only if the tags of superblock and directory tree match properly. The MD5
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
checksums of data files and whole session get loaded from the image if there
|
|
|
|
are any.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
With commands -compare and -update the recorded MD5 of a file
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
will be used to avoid content reading from the image. Only the disk file
|
|
|
|
content will be read and compared with that MD5. This can save much time
|
|
|
|
if -disk_dev_ino "on" is not suitable.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
At image generation time they are computed for each file which gets its data
|
|
|
|
written into the new session. The checksums of files which have their data
|
|
|
|
in older sessions get copied into the new session. Superblock, tree and whole
|
|
|
|
session get a checksum tag each.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Mode "all" will additionally check during image generation whether the checksum
|
|
|
|
of a data file changed between the time when its reading began and the time
|
|
|
|
when it ended. This implies reading every file twice.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2011-03-09 12:48:21 +00:00
|
|
|
Mode "load_check_off" together with "on" or "all" will load recorded MD5 sums
|
|
|
|
but not test the recorded checksum tags of superblock and directory tree.
|
|
|
|
This is necessary if growisofs was used as burn program, because it does
|
|
|
|
not overwrite the superblock checksum tag of the first session.
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
Therefore load_check_off is in effect when @command{xorriso} -as mkisofs
|
|
|
|
option -M is performed.
|
2011-03-09 12:48:21 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
The test can be re-enabled by mode "load_check_on".
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
Checksums can be exploited via commands -check_md5, -check_md5_r, via find
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
actions get_md5, check_md5, and via -check_media.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -for_backup
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -for_backup -acl,-xattr,-hardlinks,-md5
|
|
|
|
@cindex Backup, enable features, -for_backup
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Enable all extra features which help to produce or to restore backups with
|
|
|
|
highest fidelity of file properties.
|
|
|
|
Currently this is a shortcut for: -hardlinks on -acl on -xattr on -md5 on.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -disk_dev_ino "on"|"ino_only"|"off"
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -disk_dev_ino fast incremental backup
|
|
|
|
@cindex Backup, enable fast incremental, -disk_dev_ino
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Enable or disable processing of recorded file identification numbers
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
(dev_t and ino_t). If enabled they are stored as xattr and allow
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
to substantially accelerate file comparison. The root node gets a global start
|
|
|
|
timestamp. If during comparison a file with younger timestamps is found in the
|
|
|
|
ISO image, then it is suspected to have inconsistent content.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
If device numbers and inode numbers of the disk filesystems are persistent
|
|
|
|
and if no irregular alterations of timestamps or system clock happen,
|
|
|
|
then potential content changes can be detected without reading that content.
|
|
|
|
File content change is assumed if any of mtime, ctime, device number or inode
|
|
|
|
number have changed.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Mode "ino_only" replaces the precondition that device numbers are stable by the
|
|
|
|
precondition that mount points in the compared tree always lead to the
|
|
|
|
same filesystems. Use this if mode "on" always sees all files changed.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
The speed advantage appears only if the loaded session was produced with
|
|
|
|
-disk_dev_ino "on" too.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Note that -disk_dev_ino "off" is totally in effect only if -hardlinks is "off",
|
|
|
|
too.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
2012-09-21 12:03:32 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -rom_toc_scan "on"|"force"|"off"[:"emul_off"][:"emul_wide"]
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -rom_toc_scan searches for sessions
|
|
|
|
@cindex Table-of-content, search sessions, -rom_toc_scan
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Read-only drives do not tell the actual media type but show any media as
|
|
|
|
ROM (e.g. as DVD-ROM). The session history of MMC multi-session media might
|
|
|
|
be truncated to first and last session or even be completely false.
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
(The emulated history of overwriteable media is not affected by this.)
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
To have in case of failure a chance of getting the session history and
|
|
|
|
especially the address of the last session, there is a scan for ISO 9660
|
|
|
|
filesystem headers which might help but also might yield worse results
|
|
|
|
than the drive's table of content. At its end it can cause read attempts
|
|
|
|
to invalid addresses and thus ugly drive behavior.
|
|
|
|
Setting "on" enables that scan for alleged read-only media.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Some operating systems are not able to mount the most recent session of
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
multi-session DVD or BD. If on such a system @command{xorriso} has no own MMC
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
capabilities then it may still find that session from a scanned table of
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
content. Setting "force" handles any media like a ROM medium with setting "on".
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
On the other hand the emulation of session history on overwriteable media
|
|
|
|
can hamper reading of partly damaged media. Setting "off:emul_off" disables
|
|
|
|
the elsewise trustworthy table-of-content scan for those media.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-08-14 10:32:35 +00:00
|
|
|
The table-of-content scan on overwriteable media normally searches only up to
|
|
|
|
the end of the session that is pointed to by the superblock at block 0.
|
|
|
|
Setting "on:emul_wide" lets the scan continue up to the end of the medium.
|
|
|
|
This may be useful after copying a medium with -check_media patch_lba0=on
|
|
|
|
when not the last session was loaded.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -calm_drive "in"|"out"|"all"|"revoke"|"on"|"off"
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -calm_drive reduces drive activity
|
|
|
|
@cindex Drive, reduce activity, -calm_drive
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Reduce drive noise until it is actually used again. Some drives stay alert
|
|
|
|
for substantial time after they have been used for reading. This reduces
|
|
|
|
the startup time for the next drive operation but can be loud and waste
|
|
|
|
energy if no i/o with the drive is expected to happen soon.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Modes "in", "out", "all" immediately calm down -indev, -outdev, resp. both.
|
|
|
|
Mode "revoke" immediately alerts both.
|
|
|
|
Mode "on" causes -calm_drive to be performed automatically after each -dev,
|
|
|
|
-indev, and -outdev. Mode "off" disables this.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -ban_stdio_write
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -ban_stdio_write demands real drive
|
|
|
|
@cindex Drive, demand real MMC, -ban_stdio_write
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Allow for writing only the usage of MMC optical drives. Disallow
|
|
|
|
to write the result into files of nearly arbitrary type.
|
|
|
|
Once set, this command cannot be revoked.
|
2011-03-21 09:37:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
2011-03-21 16:55:18 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -early_stdio_test "on"|"appendable_wo"|"off"
|
2011-03-21 09:37:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -early_stdio_test classifies stdio drives
|
|
|
|
@cindex Drive, classify stdio, -early_stdio_test
|
|
|
|
If enabled by "on" then regular files and block devices get tested for
|
|
|
|
effective access permissions. This implies to try opening those files for
|
|
|
|
writing, which otherwise will happen only later and only if actual
|
|
|
|
writing is desired.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
The test result is used for classifying the pseudo drives as overwriteable,
|
|
|
|
read-only, write-only, or uselessly empty. This may lead to earlier detection
|
|
|
|
of severe problems, and may avoid some less severe error events.
|
2011-03-21 16:55:18 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Mode "appendable_wo" is like "on" with the additional property that
|
|
|
|
non-empty write-only files are regarded as appendable rather than blank.
|
2012-03-11 16:41:10 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -data_cache_size number_of_tiles blocks_per_tile
|
|
|
|
@kindex -data_cache_size adjusts read cache size
|
|
|
|
@cindex Image reading, cache size, -data_cache_size
|
|
|
|
Set the size and granularity of the data cache which is used when ISO images
|
|
|
|
are loaded and when file content is read from ISO images. The cache consists
|
|
|
|
of several tiles, which each consists of several blocks. A larger cache
|
|
|
|
reduces the need for tiles being read multiple times. Larger tiles might
|
|
|
|
additionally improve the data throughput from the drive, but can be
|
|
|
|
wasteful if the data are scattered over the medium.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Larger cache sizes help best with image loading from MMC drives. They are an
|
|
|
|
inferior alternative to -osirrox option "sort_lba_on".
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
blocks_per_tile must be a power of 2. E.g. 16, 32, or 64. The overall cache
|
|
|
|
size must not exceed 1 GiB.
|
|
|
|
The default values can be restored by parameter "default" instead of one or
|
|
|
|
both of the numbers.
|
|
|
|
Currently the default is 32 tiles of 32 blocks = 2 MiB.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .B Inserting files into ISO image:
|
2012-11-05 09:37:47 +00:00
|
|
|
@node Insert, SetInsert, Loading, Commands
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@section Inserting files into ISO image
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .PP
|
|
|
|
The following commands expect file addresses of two kinds:
|
|
|
|
@c man .br
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex disk_path, _definition
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@strong{disk_path}
|
|
|
|
is a path to an object in the local filesystem tree.
|
|
|
|
@c man .br
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex iso_rr_path, _definition
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@strong{iso_rr_path}
|
2012-05-22 12:13:18 +00:00
|
|
|
is the Rock Ridge name of a file object in the ISO image.
|
|
|
|
If no Rock Ridge information is recorded in the loaded ISO image, then you
|
|
|
|
will see ISO 9660 names which are of limited length and character set.
|
|
|
|
If no Rock Ridge information shall be stored in an emerging ISO image, then
|
2013-12-29 12:02:10 +00:00
|
|
|
their names will get mapped to such restricted ISO 9660 (aka ECMA-119) names.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .PP
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
Note that in the ISO image you are as powerful as the superuser. Access
|
|
|
|
permissions of the existing files in the image do not apply to your write
|
|
|
|
operations. They are intended to be in effect with the read-only mounted image.
|
|
|
|
@c man .PP
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
If the iso_rr_path of a newly inserted file leads to an existing
|
|
|
|
file object in the ISO image, then the following collision handling
|
|
|
|
happens:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
If both objects are directories then they get merged by recursively inserting
|
|
|
|
the subobjects from filesystem into ISO image.
|
|
|
|
If other file types collide then the setting of command
|
|
|
|
@strong{-overwrite}
|
|
|
|
decides.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Renaming of files has similar collision handling, but directories can only
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
be replaced, not merged. Note that if the target directory exists, then -mv
|
|
|
|
inserts the source objects into this directory rather than attempting
|
2013-03-13 19:59:18 +00:00
|
|
|
to replace it. Command -move, on the other hand, would attempt to replace it.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .PP
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
The commands in this section alter the ISO image and not the local filesystem.
|
|
|
|
@table @asis
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -disk_pattern "on"|"ls"|"off"
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -disk_pattern controls pattern expansion
|
|
|
|
@cindex Pattern expansion, for disk paths, -disk_pattern
|
2012-02-24 20:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
Set the pattern expansion mode for the disk_path parameters of several
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
commands which support this feature.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Setting "off" disables this feature for all commands which are marked in this
|
|
|
|
man page by "disk_path [***]" or "disk_pattern [***]".
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Setting "on" enables it for all those commands.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Setting "ls" enables it only for those which are marked by
|
|
|
|
"disk_pattern [***]".
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Default is "ls".
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -add pathspec [...] | disk_path [***]
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -add inserts one or more paths
|
|
|
|
@cindex Insert, pathspecs, -add
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Insert the given files or directory trees from filesystem
|
|
|
|
into the ISO image.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
If -pathspecs is set to "on" then pattern expansion is always disabled and
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
character '=' has a special meaning. It separates the ISO image path
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
from the disk path:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
iso_rr_path=disk_path
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
The separator '=' can be escaped by '\'.
|
|
|
|
If iso_rr_path does not begin with '/' then -cd is prepended.
|
|
|
|
If disk_path does not begin with '/' then -cdx is prepended.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
If no '=' is given then the word is used as both, iso_rr_path and disk path.
|
|
|
|
If in this case the word does not begin with '/' then -cdx is prepended to
|
|
|
|
the disk_path and -cd is prepended to the iso_rr_path.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
If -pathspecs is set to "off" then -disk_pattern expansion applies, if enabled.
|
|
|
|
The resulting words are used as both, iso_rr_path and disk path. Relative
|
|
|
|
path words get prepended the setting of -cdx to disk_path and the setting
|
|
|
|
of -cd to iso_rr_path.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -add_plainly mode
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -add_plainly inserts one or more paths
|
|
|
|
@cindex Insert, non-dashed arguments, -add_plainly
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
If set to mode "unknown" then any command word that does not begin with "-" and
|
|
|
|
is not recognized as known command will be subject to a virtual -add command.
|
|
|
|
I.e. it will be used as pathspec or as disk_path and added to the image.
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
If enabled, -disk_pattern expansion applies to disk_paths.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Mode "dashed" is similar to "unknown" but also adds unrecognized command
|
|
|
|
words even if they begin with "-".
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Mode "any" announces that all further words are to be added as pathspecs
|
|
|
|
or disk_paths. This does not work in dialog mode.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Mode "none" is the default. It prevents any words from being understood
|
|
|
|
as files to add, if they are not parameters to appropriate commands.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -path_list disk_path
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -path_list inserts paths from disk file
|
|
|
|
@cindex Insert, paths from disk file, -path_list
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Like -add but read the parameter words from file disk_path
|
|
|
|
or standard input if disk_path is "-".
|
|
|
|
The list must contain exactly one pathspec resp. disk_path pattern per line.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -quoted_path_list disk_path
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -quoted_path_list inserts paths from disk file
|
|
|
|
@cindex Insert, paths from disk file, -quoted_path_list
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Like -path_list but with quoted input reading rules. Lines get split into
|
|
|
|
parameter words for -add. Whitespace outside quotes is discarded.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -map disk_path iso_rr_path
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -map inserts path
|
|
|
|
@cindex Insert, path, -map
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Insert file object disk_path into the ISO image as iso_rr_path. If disk_path
|
|
|
|
is a directory then its whole sub tree is inserted into the ISO image.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -map_single disk_path iso_rr_path
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -map_single inserts path
|
|
|
|
@cindex Insert, path, -map_single
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Like -map, but if disk_path is a directory then its sub tree is not inserted.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -map_l disk_prefix iso_rr_prefix disk_path [***]
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -map_l inserts paths from disk file
|
|
|
|
@cindex Insert, paths from disk file, -map_l
|
2012-02-24 20:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
Perform -map with each of the disk_path parameters. iso_rr_path will be
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
composed from disk_path by replacing disk_prefix by iso_rr_prefix.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -update disk_path iso_rr_path
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -update inserts path if different
|
|
|
|
@cindex Insert, if different, -update
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Compare file object disk_path with file object iso_rr_path. If they do not
|
|
|
|
match, then perform the necessary image manipulations to make iso_rr_path
|
|
|
|
a matching copy of disk_path. By default this comparison will imply lengthy
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
content reading before a decision is made. Commands -disk_dev_ino or -md5 may
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
accelerate comparison if they were already in effect when the loaded session
|
|
|
|
was recorded.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
If disk_path is a directory and iso_rr_path does not exist yet, then the
|
|
|
|
whole subtree will be inserted. Else only directory attributes will be
|
|
|
|
updated.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -update_r disk_path iso_rr_path
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -update_r inserts paths if different
|
|
|
|
@cindex Insert, if different, -update_r
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Like -update but working recursively. I.e. all file objects below both
|
|
|
|
addresses get compared whether they have counterparts below the other address
|
|
|
|
and whether both counterparts match. If there is a mismatch then the necessary
|
|
|
|
update manipulation is done.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
Note that the comparison result may depend on command -follow. Its setting
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
should always be the same as with the first adding of disk_path as iso_rr_path.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
If iso_rr_path does not exist yet, then it gets added. If disk_path does not
|
|
|
|
exist, then iso_rr_path gets deleted.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -update_l disk_prefix iso_rr_prefix disk_path [***]
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -update_l inserts paths if different
|
|
|
|
@cindex Insert, if different, -update_l
|
2012-02-24 20:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
Perform -update_r with each of the disk_path parameters. iso_rr_path will be
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
composed from disk_path by replacing disk_prefix by iso_rr_prefix.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -cut_out disk_path byte_offset byte_count iso_rr_path
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -cut_out inserts piece of data file
|
|
|
|
@cindex Insert, piece of data file, -cut_out
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Map a byte interval of a regular disk file into a regular file in the ISO
|
|
|
|
image.
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
This may be necessary if the disk file is larger than a single medium, or if
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
it exceeds the traditional limit of 2 GiB - 1 for old operating systems,
|
|
|
|
or the limit of 4 GiB - 1 for newer ones. Only the newest Linux kernels
|
|
|
|
seem to read properly files >= 4 GiB - 1.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
A clumsy remedy for this limit is to backup file pieces and to concatenate
|
|
|
|
them at restore time. A well tested chopping size is 2047m.
|
|
|
|
It is permissible to request a higher byte_count than available. The
|
|
|
|
resulting file will be truncated to the correct size of a final piece.
|
|
|
|
To request a byte_offset higher than available yields no file in
|
|
|
|
the ISO image but a SORRY event.
|
|
|
|
E.g:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-cut_out /my/disk/file 0 2047m \
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
/file/part_1_of_3_at_0_with_2047m_of_5753194821 \
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-cut_out /my/disk/file 2047m 2047m \
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
/file/part_2_of_3_at_2047m_with_2047m_of_5753194821 \
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-cut_out /my/disk/file 4094m 2047m \
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
/file/part_3_of_3_at_4094m_with_2047m_of_5753194821
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
While command -split_size is set larger than 0, and if all pieces of a file
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
reside in the same ISO directory with no other files, and if the names look
|
|
|
|
like above, then their ISO directory will be recognized and handled like a
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
regular file. This affects commands -compare*, -update*, and overwrite
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
situations.
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
See command -split_size for details.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -cpr disk_path [***] iso_rr_path
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -cpr inserts like with cp -r
|
|
|
|
@cindex Insert, paths, -cpr
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Insert the given files or directory trees from filesystem
|
|
|
|
into the ISO image.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
The rules for generating the ISO addresses are similar as with
|
|
|
|
shell command cp -r. Nevertheless, directories of the iso_rr_path
|
|
|
|
are created if necessary. Especially a not yet existing iso_rr_path
|
|
|
|
will be handled as directory if multiple disk_paths are present.
|
|
|
|
The leafnames of the multiple disk_paths will be grafted under that
|
|
|
|
directory as would be done with an existing directory.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
If a single disk_path is present then a non-existing iso_rr_path will
|
|
|
|
get the same type as the disk_path.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
If a disk_path does not begin with '/' then -cdx is prepended.
|
|
|
|
If the iso_rr_path does not begin with '/' then -cd is prepended.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -mkdir iso_rr_path [...]
|
|
|
|
@kindex -mkdir creates ISO directory
|
|
|
|
@cindex Directory, create, -mkdir
|
|
|
|
Create empty directories if they do not exist yet.
|
|
|
|
Existence as directory generates a WARNING event, existence as
|
|
|
|
other file causes a FAILURE event.
|
2011-02-01 18:58:27 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
2012-10-19 08:19:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -lns target_text iso_rr_path
|
|
|
|
@kindex -lns creates ISO symbolic link
|
|
|
|
@cindex Symbolic link, create, -lns
|
|
|
|
Create a symbolic link with address iso_rr_path which points to target_text.
|
|
|
|
iso_rr_path may not exist yet.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Hint: Command -clone produces the ISO equivalent of a hard link.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
2011-02-01 18:58:27 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -clone iso_rr_path_original iso_rr_path_copy
|
|
|
|
@kindex -clone copies ISO directory tree
|
|
|
|
@cindex Directory, copy, -clone
|
|
|
|
Create a copy of the ISO file object iso_rr_path_original with the new
|
|
|
|
address iso_rr_path_copy. If the original is a directory then copy all
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
files and directories underneath. If iso_rr_path_original is a boot catalog
|
|
|
|
file, then it gets not copied but is silently ignored.
|
2011-02-01 18:58:27 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
The copied ISO file objects have the same attributes. Copied data files
|
|
|
|
refer to the same content source as their originals.
|
|
|
|
The copies may then be manipulated independendly of their originals.
|
2011-02-02 17:41:52 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
This command will refuse execution if the address iso_rr_path_copy
|
|
|
|
already exists in the ISO tree.
|
2011-02-04 19:19:24 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -cp_clone iso_rr_path_original [***] iso_rr_path_dest
|
|
|
|
@kindex -cp_clone copies ISO directory tree
|
|
|
|
@cindex Directories, copy, -cp_clone
|
|
|
|
Create copies of one or more ISO file objects as with command -clone.
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
In case of collision merge directories with existing ones, but do not overwrite
|
2011-02-12 17:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
existing ISO file objects.
|
2011-02-04 19:19:24 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
The rules for generating the copy addresses are the same as with
|
|
|
|
command -cpr (see above) resp. shell command cp -r. Other than with -cpr,
|
|
|
|
relative iso_rr_path_original will get prepended the -cd path and not
|
|
|
|
the -cdx path. Consider to -mkdir iso_rr_path_dest before -cp_clone
|
|
|
|
so the copy address does not depend on the number of iso_rr_path_original
|
2012-02-24 20:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
parameters.
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@c man .B Settings for file insertion:
|
2012-11-05 09:37:47 +00:00
|
|
|
@node SetInsert, Manip, Insert, Commands
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@section Settings for file insertion
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@table @asis
|
|
|
|
@item -file_size_limit value [value [...]] @minus{}@minus{}
|
|
|
|
@kindex -file_size_limit limits data file size
|
|
|
|
@cindex Insert, limit data file size, -file_size_limit
|
|
|
|
Set the maximum permissible size for a single data file. The values get
|
|
|
|
summed up for the actual limit. If the only value is "off" then the file
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
size is not limited by @command{xorriso}.
|
|
|
|
Default is a limit of 100 extents, 4g -2k each:
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-file_size_limit 400g -200k @minus{}@minus{}
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
When mounting ISO 9660 filesystems, old operating systems can handle only files
|
|
|
|
up to 2g -1 @minus{}@minus{}. Newer ones are good up to 4g -1 @minus{}@minus{}.
|
|
|
|
You need quite a new Linux kernel to read correctly the final bytes
|
|
|
|
of a file >= 4g if its size is not aligned to 2048 byte blocks.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
@command{xorriso}'s own data read capabilities are not affected by
|
|
|
|
operating system size limits. Such limits apply to mounting only. Nevertheless,
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
the target filesystem of an -extract must be able to take the file size.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -not_mgt code[:code[...]]
|
|
|
|
@kindex -not_mgt controls file exclusion
|
|
|
|
@cindex Insert, file exclusion, -not_mgt
|
|
|
|
Control the behavior of the exclusion lists.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Exclusion processing happens before disk_paths get mapped to the ISO image
|
|
|
|
and before disk files get compared with image files.
|
|
|
|
The absolute disk path of the source is matched against the -not_paths list.
|
|
|
|
The leafname of the disk path is matched against the patterns in the -not_leaf
|
|
|
|
list. If a match is detected then the disk path will not be regarded as an
|
|
|
|
existing file and not be added to the ISO image.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Several codes are defined.
|
|
|
|
The _on/_off settings persist until they are revoked by their_off/_on
|
|
|
|
counterparts.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"erase" empties the lists which were accumulated by -not_paths and -not_leaf.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"reset" is like "erase" but also re-installs default behavior.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"off" disables exclusion processing temporarily without invalidating
|
|
|
|
the lists and settings.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"on" re-enables exclusion processing.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"param_off" applies exclusion processing only to paths below disk_path
|
|
|
|
parameter of commands. I.e. explicitly given disk_paths are exempted
|
|
|
|
from exclusion processing.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"param_on" applies exclusion processing to command parameters as well as
|
|
|
|
to files below such parameters.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"subtree_off" with "param_on" excludes parameter paths only if they
|
|
|
|
match a -not_paths item exactly.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"subtree_on" additionally excludes parameter paths which lead to a file
|
|
|
|
address below any -not_paths item.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"ignore_off" treats excluded disk files as if they were missing. I.e. they
|
|
|
|
get reported with -compare and deleted from the image with -update.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"ignore_on" keeps excluded files out of -compare or -update activities.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -not_paths disk_path [***]
|
|
|
|
@kindex -not_paths sets absolute exclusion paths
|
|
|
|
@cindex Insert, file exclusion absolute, -not_paths
|
|
|
|
Add the given paths to the list of excluded absolute disk paths. If a given
|
|
|
|
path is relative, then the current -cdx is prepended to form an absolute path.
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
Pattern matching, if enabled, happens at definition time and not when exclusion
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
checks are made.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
(Do not forget to end the list of disk_paths by "@minus{}@minus{}")
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -not_leaf pattern
|
|
|
|
@kindex -not_leaf sets exclusion pattern
|
|
|
|
@cindex Insert, file exclusion pattern, -not_leaf
|
|
|
|
Add a single shell parser style pattern to the list of exclusions for
|
|
|
|
disk leafnames. These patterns are evaluated when the exclusion checks are
|
|
|
|
made.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -not_list disk_path
|
|
|
|
@kindex -not_list sets exclusions from disk file
|
|
|
|
@cindex Insert, file exclusion from file, -not_list
|
2012-02-24 20:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
Read lines from disk_path and use each of them either as -not_paths parameter,
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
if they contain a / character, or as -not_leaf pattern.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -quoted_not_list disk_path
|
|
|
|
@kindex -quoted_not_list sets exclusions
|
|
|
|
@cindex Insert, file exclusion, -quoted_not_list
|
|
|
|
Like -not_list but with quoted input reading rules. Each word is
|
2012-02-24 20:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
handled as one parameter for -not_paths resp. -not_leaf.
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -follow occasion[:occasion[...]]
|
|
|
|
@kindex -follow softlinks and mount points
|
|
|
|
@cindex Insert, links or mount points, -follow
|
|
|
|
Enable or disable resolution of symbolic links and mountpoints under
|
|
|
|
disk_paths. This applies to actions -add, -du*x, -ls*x, -findx,
|
|
|
|
and to -disk_pattern expansion.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
There are two kinds of follow decisison to be made:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"link" is the hop from a symbolic link to its target file object.
|
|
|
|
If enabled then symbolic links are handled as their target file objects,
|
|
|
|
else symbolic links are handled as themselves.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"mount" is the hop from one filesystem to another subordinate filesystem.
|
|
|
|
If enabled then mountpoint directories are handled as any other directory,
|
|
|
|
else mountpoints are handled as empty directories if they are encountered in
|
|
|
|
directory tree traversals.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Less general than above occasions:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"pattern" is mount and link hopping, but only during -disk_pattern expansion.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"param" is link hopping for parameter words (after eventual pattern expansion).
|
|
|
|
If enabled then -ls*x will show the link targets rather than the links
|
|
|
|
themselves. -du*x, -findx, and -add will process the link targets but not
|
|
|
|
follow links in an eventual directory tree below the targets (unless "link"
|
|
|
|
is enabled).
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Occasions can be combined in a colon separated list. All occasions
|
|
|
|
mentioned in the list will then lead to a positive follow decision.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"off" prevents any positive follow decision. Use it if no other occasion
|
|
|
|
applies.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Shortcuts:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"default" is equivalent to "pattern:mount:limit=100".
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"on" always decides positive. Equivalent to "link:mount".
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Not an occasion but an optional setting is:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"limit="<number> which sets the maximum number of link hops.
|
|
|
|
A link hop consists of a sequence of symbolic links and a final target
|
|
|
|
of different type. Nevertheless those hops can loop. Example:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
$ ln -s .. uploop
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Link hopping has a built-in loop detection which stops hopping at the first
|
|
|
|
repetition of a link target. Then the repeated link is handled as itself
|
|
|
|
and not as its target.
|
|
|
|
Regrettably one can construct link networks which
|
|
|
|
cause exponential workload before their loops get detected.
|
|
|
|
The number given with "limit=" can curb this workload at the risk of truncating
|
|
|
|
an intentional sequence of link hops.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -pathspecs "on"|"off"
|
|
|
|
@kindex -pathspecs sets meaning of = with -add
|
|
|
|
@cindex Insert, meaning of = with -add, -pathspecs
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
Control parameter interpretation with @command{xorriso}
|
|
|
|
actions -add and -path_list.
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@cindex Pathspec, _definition
|
|
|
|
"on" enables pathspecs of the form
|
|
|
|
@strong{target=source}
|
|
|
|
like with program mkisofs -graft-points.
|
|
|
|
It also disables -disk_pattern expansion for command -add.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"off" disables pathspecs of the form target=source
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
and re-enables -disk_pattern expansion.
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -overwrite "on"|"nondir"|"off"
|
|
|
|
@kindex -overwrite enables overwriting in ISO
|
|
|
|
@cindex Insert, enable overwriting, -overwrite
|
|
|
|
Allow or disallow to overwrite existing files in the
|
|
|
|
ISO image by files with the same name.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
With setting "off", name collisions cause FAILURE events.
|
|
|
|
With setting "nondir", only directories are protected by such events, other
|
|
|
|
existing file types get treated with -rm before the new file gets added.
|
|
|
|
Setting "on" allows automatic -rm_r. I.e. a non-directory can replace an
|
|
|
|
existing directory and all its subordinates.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
If restoring of files is enabled, then the overwrite rule applies to the
|
|
|
|
target file objects on disk as well, but "on" is downgraded to "nondir".
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -split_size number["k"|"m"]
|
|
|
|
@kindex -split_size enables large file splitting
|
|
|
|
@cindex Insert, large file splitting, -split_size
|
|
|
|
Set the threshold for automatic splitting of regular files. Such splitting
|
|
|
|
maps a large disk file onto a ISO directory with several part files in it.
|
|
|
|
This is necessary if the size of the disk file exceeds -file_size_limit.
|
|
|
|
Older operating systems can handle files in mounted ISO 9660 filesystems
|
|
|
|
only if they are smaller than 2 GiB resp. 4 GiB.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Default is 0 which will exclude files larger than -file_size_limit by a
|
|
|
|
FAILURE event.
|
|
|
|
A well tested -split_size is 2047m. Sizes above -file_size_limit are not
|
|
|
|
permissible.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
While command -split_size is set larger than 0 such a directory with split
|
|
|
|
file pieces will be recognized and handled like a regular file by commands
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
-compare* , -update*, and in overwrite situations. There are -ossirox
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
parameters "concat_split_on" and "concat_split_off" which control the handling
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
when files get restored to disk.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
In order to be recognizable, the names of the part files have to
|
|
|
|
describe the splitting by 5 numbers:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
part_number,total_parts,byte_offset,byte_count,disk_file_size
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
which are embedded in the following text form:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
part_#_of_#_at_#_with_#_of_#
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Scaling characters like "m" or "k" are taken into respect.
|
|
|
|
All digits are interpreted as decimal, even if leading zeros are present.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
E.g: /file/part_1_of_3_at_0_with_2047m_of_5753194821
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
No other files are allowed in the directory. All parts have to be present and
|
|
|
|
their numbers have to be plausible. E.g. byte_count must be valid as -cut_out
|
2012-02-24 20:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
parameter and their contents may not overlap.
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@c man .B File manipulations:
|
2012-11-05 09:37:47 +00:00
|
|
|
@node Manip, CmdFind, SetInsert, Commands
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@section File manipulations
|
|
|
|
@c man .PP
|
|
|
|
The following commands manipulate files in the ISO image, regardless whether
|
|
|
|
they stem from the loaded image or were newly inserted.
|
|
|
|
@c man .PP
|
|
|
|
@table @asis
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -iso_rr_pattern "on"|"ls"|"off"
|
|
|
|
@kindex -iso_rr_pattern controls pattern expansion
|
|
|
|
@cindex Pattern expansion, for ISO paths, -iso_rr_pattern
|
2012-02-24 20:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
Set the pattern expansion mode for the iso_rr_path parameters of several
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
commands which support this feature.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Setting "off" disables pattern expansion for all commands which are marked
|
|
|
|
in this man page by "iso_rr_path [***]" or "iso_rr_pattern [***]".
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Setting "on" enables it for all those commands.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Setting "ls" enables it only for those which are marked by
|
|
|
|
"iso_rr_pattern [***]".
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Default is "on".
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -rm iso_rr_path [***]
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -rm deletes files from ISO image
|
|
|
|
@cindex Delete, from ISO image, -rm
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Delete the given files from the ISO image.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
Note: This does not free any space on the -indev medium, even if
|
|
|
|
the deletion is committed to that same medium.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
The image size will shrink if the image is written to a different
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
medium in modification mode.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -rm_r iso_rr_path [***]
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -rm_r deletes trees from ISO image
|
|
|
|
@cindex Delete, from ISO image, -rm_r
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Delete the given files or directory trees from the ISO image.
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
See also the note with command -rm.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -rmdir iso_rr_path [***]
|
|
|
|
@kindex -rmdir deletes ISO directory
|
|
|
|
@cindex Delete, ISO directory, -rmdir
|
|
|
|
@cindex Directory, delete, -rmdir
|
|
|
|
Delete empty directories.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
2013-03-13 19:59:18 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -move iso_rr_path iso_rr_path
|
|
|
|
@kindex -mv renames single file in ISO image
|
|
|
|
@cindex Rename, in ISO image, -move
|
|
|
|
Rename the file given by the first (origin) iso_rr_path to the second
|
|
|
|
(destination) iso_rr_path.
|
|
|
|
Deviate from rules of shell command mv by not moving the origin file underneath
|
|
|
|
an existing destination directory. The origin file will rather replace such a
|
|
|
|
directory, if this is allowed by command -overwrite.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -mv iso_rr_path [***] iso_rr_path
|
2013-03-13 19:59:18 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -mv renames files in ISO image
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex Rename, in ISO image, -mv
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Rename the given file objects in the ISO tree to the last
|
2012-02-24 20:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
parameter in the list. Use the same rules as with shell command mv.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-02-24 20:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
If pattern expansion is enabled and if the last parameter contains wildcard
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
characters then it must match exactly one existing file address, or else the
|
|
|
|
command fails with a FAILURE event.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -chown uid iso_rr_path [***]
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -chown sets ownership in ISO image
|
|
|
|
@cindex Ownership, in ISO image, -chown
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Set ownership of file objects in the ISO image. uid may either be a decimal
|
|
|
|
number or the name of a user known to the operating system.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -chown_r uid iso_rr_path [***]
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -chown_r sets ownership in ISO image
|
|
|
|
@cindex Ownership, in ISO image, -chown_r
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Like -chown but affecting all files below eventual directories.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -chgrp gid iso_rr_path [***]
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -chgrp sets group in ISO image
|
|
|
|
@cindex Group, in ISO image, -chgrp
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Set group attribute of file objects in the ISO image. gid may either be a
|
|
|
|
decimal number or the name of a group known to the operating system.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -chgrp_r gid iso_rr_path [***]
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -chgrp_r sets group in ISO image
|
|
|
|
@cindex Group, in ISO image, -chgrp_r
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Like -chgrp but affecting all files below eventual directories.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -chmod mode iso_rr_path [***]
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -chmod sets permissions in ISO image
|
|
|
|
@cindex Permissions, in ISO image, -chmod
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Equivalent to shell command chmod in the ISO image.
|
|
|
|
mode is either an octal number beginning with "0" or a comma separated
|
|
|
|
list of statements of the form [ugoa]*[+-=][rwxst]* .
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Like: go-rwx,u+rwx .
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@strong{Personalities}:
|
|
|
|
u=user, g=group, o=others, a=all
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@strong{Operators}:
|
|
|
|
+ adds given permissions, - revokes given permissions,
|
|
|
|
= revokes all old permissions and then adds the given ones.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@strong{Permissions}:
|
|
|
|
r=read, w=write, x=execute|inspect, s=setuid|setgid, t=sticky bit
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
For octal numbers see man 2 stat.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -chmod_r mode iso_rr_path [***]
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -chmod_r sets permissions in ISO image
|
|
|
|
@cindex Permissions, in ISO image, -chmod_r
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Like -chmod but affecting all files below eventual directories.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -setfacl acl_text iso_rr_path [***]
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -setfacl sets ACL in ISO image
|
|
|
|
@cindex ACL, set in ISO image, -setfacl
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
Attach the given ACL to the given iso_rr_paths. If the files already have
|
|
|
|
ACLs, then those get deleted before the new ones get into effect.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
If acl_text is empty, or contains the text "clear" or the text
|
|
|
|
"@minus{}@minus{}remove-all",
|
|
|
|
then the existing ACLs will be removed and no new ones will be
|
|
|
|
attached. Any other content of acl_text will be interpreted as a list of
|
|
|
|
ACL entries. It may be in the long multi-line format as put out by -getfacl
|
|
|
|
but may also be abbreviated as follows:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
ACL entries are separated by comma or newline. If an entry is empty text or
|
|
|
|
begins with "#" then it will be ignored. A valid entry has to begin
|
|
|
|
by a letter out of @{ugom@} for "user", "group", "other", "mask". It has to
|
|
|
|
contain two colons ":". A non-empty text between those ":" gives a user id
|
|
|
|
resp. group id. After the second ":" there may be letters out of @{rwx- #@}.
|
|
|
|
The first three give read, write resp. execute permission.
|
|
|
|
Letters "-", " " and TAB are ignored. "#" causes the rest of the entry to
|
|
|
|
be ignored. Letter "X" or any other letters are not supported. Examples:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
g:toolies:rw,u:lisa:rw,u:1001:rw,u::wr,g::r,o::r,m::rw
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
group:toolies:rw@minus{},user::rw@minus{},group::r@minus{}@minus{},other::r@minus{}@minus{},mask::rw@minus{}
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
A valid entry may be prefixed by "d", some following characters and ":".
|
|
|
|
This indicates that the entry goes to the "default" ACL rather than to the
|
|
|
|
"access" ACL. Example:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
u::rwx,g::rx,o::,d:u::rwx,d:g::rx,d:o::,d:u:lisa:rwx,d:m::rwx
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -setfacl_r acl_text iso_rr_path [***]
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -setfacl_r sets ACL in ISO image
|
|
|
|
@cindex ACL, set in ISO image, -setfacl_r
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Like -setfacl but affecting all files below eventual directories.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -setfacl_list disk_path
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -setfacl_list sets ACL in ISO image
|
|
|
|
@cindex ACL, set in ISO image, -setfacl_list
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Read the output of -getfacl_r or shell command getfacl -R and apply it to the
|
|
|
|
iso_rr_paths as given in lines beginning with "# file:". This will change
|
|
|
|
ownership, group and ACL of the given files.
|
|
|
|
If disk_path is "-" then lines are read from standard input. Line "@@" ends the
|
|
|
|
list, "@@@@@@" aborts without changing the pending iso_rr_path.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Since -getfacl and getfacl -R strip leading "/" from file paths, the setting of
|
|
|
|
-cd does always matter.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -setfattr [-]name value iso_rr_path [***]
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -setfattr sets xattr in ISO image
|
|
|
|
@cindex xattr, set in ISO image, -setfattr
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Attach the given xattr pair of name and value to the given iso_rr_paths.
|
|
|
|
If the given name is prefixed by "-", then the pair with that name gets
|
|
|
|
removed from the xattr list. If name is "@minus{}@minus{}remove@minus{}all"
|
|
|
|
then all user namespace
|
|
|
|
xattr of the given iso_rr_paths get deleted. In case of deletion, value must
|
|
|
|
be an empty text.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Only names from the user namespace are allowed. I.e. a name has to begin with
|
|
|
|
"user.", like "user.x" or "user.whatever".
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
Values and names undergo the normal input processing of @command{xorriso}.
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
See also command -backslash_codes. Other than with command -setfattr_list,
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
the byte value 0 cannot be expressed via -setfattr.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -setfattr_r [-]name value iso_rr_path [***]
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -setfattr_r sets xattr in ISO image
|
|
|
|
@cindex xattr, set in ISO image, -setfattr_r
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Like -setfattr but affecting all files below eventual directories.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -setfattr_list disk_path
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -setfattr_list sets xattr in ISO image
|
|
|
|
@cindex xattr, set in ISO image, -setfattr_list
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Read the output of -getfattr_r or shell command getfattr -Rd and apply it to
|
|
|
|
the iso_rr_paths as given in lines beginning with "# file:". All previously
|
|
|
|
existing user space xattr of the given iso_rr_paths will be deleted.
|
|
|
|
If disk_path is "-" then lines are read from standard input.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Since -getfattr and getfattr -Rd strip leading "/" from file paths, the setting
|
|
|
|
of -cd does always matter.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Empty input lines and lines which begin by "#" will be ignored
|
|
|
|
(except "# file:"). Line "@@" ends the list, "@@@@@@" aborts without changing
|
|
|
|
the pending iso_rr_path. Other input lines must have the form
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
name="value"
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Name must be from user namespace. I.e. user.xyz where xyz should consist of
|
|
|
|
printable characters only. The separator "=" is not allowed in names.
|
|
|
|
Value may contain any kind of bytes. It must be in quotes. Trailing
|
|
|
|
whitespace after the end quote will be ignored. Non-printables bytes and quotes
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
must be represented as \XYZ by their octal 8-bit code XYZ.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Use code \000 for 0-bytes.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -alter_date type timestring iso_rr_path [***]
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -alter_date sets timestamps in ISO image
|
|
|
|
@cindex Timestamps, set in ISO image, -alter_date
|
2013-11-27 09:51:05 +00:00
|
|
|
Alter the date entries of files in the ISO image. type may be one of
|
|
|
|
the following:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"a" sets access time, updates ctime.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"m" sets modification time, updates ctime.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"b" sets access time and modification time, updates ctime.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"a-c", "m-c", and "b-c" set the times without updating ctime.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"c" sets the ctime.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
timestring may be in the following formats
|
|
|
|
(see also section EXAMPLES):
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
As expected by program date:
|
|
|
|
MMDDhhmm[[CC]YY][.ss]]
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
As produced by program date:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
[Day] MMM DD hh:mm:ss [TZON] YYYY
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Relative times counted from current clock time:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
+|-Number["s"|"h"|"d"|"w"|"m"|"y"]
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
where "s" means seconds, "h" hours, "d" days, "w" weeks, "m"=30d,
|
|
|
|
"y"=365.25d plus 1d added to multiplication result.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Absolute seconds counted from Jan 1 1970:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
=Number
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
@command{xorriso}'s own timestamps:
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
YYYY.MM.DD[.hh[mm[ss]]]
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
scdbackup timestamps:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
YYMMDD[.hhmm[ss]]
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
where "A0" is year 2000, "B0" is 2010, etc.
|
2013-03-12 19:49:07 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
ECMA-119 volume timestamps:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
YYYYMMDDhhmmsscc
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
These are normally given as GMT. The suffix "LOC" causes local timezone
|
|
|
|
conversion. E.g. 2013010720574700, 2013010720574700LOC.
|
|
|
|
The last two digits cc (centiseconds) will be ignored, but must be present
|
|
|
|
in order to make the format recognizable.
|
2013-11-27 09:51:05 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-alter_date m-c 2013.11.27.103951 /file1 /file2 --
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -alter_date_r type timestring iso_rr_path [***]
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -alter_date_r sets timestamps in ISO image
|
|
|
|
@cindex Timestamps, set in ISO image, -alter_date_r
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Like -alter_date but affecting all files below eventual directories.
|
2010-06-20 16:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -hide hide_state iso_rr_path [***]
|
|
|
|
@kindex -hide excludes file names from directory trees
|
|
|
|
@cindex hidden, set in ISO image, -hide
|
|
|
|
Prevent the names of the given files from showing up in the directory trees
|
2012-06-06 18:48:26 +00:00
|
|
|
of ISO 9660 and/or Joliet and/or HFS+ when the image gets written.
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
The data content of such hidden files will be included in the
|
2010-06-20 16:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
resulting image, even if they do not show up in any directory.
|
|
|
|
But you will need own means to find nameless data in the image.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-06-23 13:43:40 +00:00
|
|
|
Warning: Data which are hidden from the ISO 9660 tree will not be copied
|
|
|
|
by the write method of modifying.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-06-20 16:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
Possible values of hide_state are: "iso_rr" for hiding from ISO 9660 tree,
|
2012-06-06 18:48:26 +00:00
|
|
|
"joliet" for Joliet tree, "hfsplus" for HFS+, "on" for them all.
|
|
|
|
"off" means visibility in all directory trees.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
These values may be combined.
|
|
|
|
E.g.: joliet:hfsplus
|
2010-06-20 16:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
This command does not apply to the boot catalog.
|
|
|
|
Rather use: -boot_image "any" "cat_hidden=on"
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@c man .B Tree traversal command -find:
|
2012-11-05 09:37:47 +00:00
|
|
|
@node CmdFind, Filter, Manip, Commands
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@section Tree traversal command -find
|
|
|
|
@c man .PP
|
|
|
|
@table @asis
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -find iso_rr_path [test [op] [test ...]] [-exec action [params]] @minus{}@minus{}
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -find traverses and alters ISO tree
|
|
|
|
@cindex Tree, ISO, traverse and alter, -find
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
A restricted substitute for shell command find in the ISO image.
|
|
|
|
It performs an action on matching file objects at or below iso_rr_path.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-02-24 20:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
If not used as last command in the line then the parameter list
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
needs to get terminated by "@minus{}@minus{}".
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Tests are optional. If they are omitted then action is applied to all file
|
|
|
|
objects. If tests are given then they form together an expression.
|
|
|
|
The action is applied only if the expression matches the file object. Default
|
|
|
|
expression operator between tests is -and, i.e. the expression matches only
|
|
|
|
if all its tests match.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Available tests are:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@table @asis
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
@item -name pattern :
|
|
|
|
Matches if pattern matches the file leaf name.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@item -wholename pattern :
|
|
|
|
Matches if pattern matches the file path as it would be printed by action
|
|
|
|
"echo". Character '/' is not special but can be matched by wildcards.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-06-19 16:56:15 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -disk_name pattern :
|
|
|
|
Like -name but testing the leaf name of the file source on disk.
|
2012-06-21 20:34:40 +00:00
|
|
|
Can match only data files which do not stem from the loaded image,
|
|
|
|
or for directories above such data files. With directories the result can
|
|
|
|
change between -find runs if their content stems from multiple sources.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@item -disk_path disk_path :
|
|
|
|
Matches if the given disk_path is equal to the path of the file source
|
|
|
|
on disk. The same restrictions apply as with -disk_name.
|
2010-06-19 16:56:15 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -type type_letter :
|
|
|
|
Matches files of the given type:
|
|
|
|
"block", "char", "dir", "pipe", "file", "link", "socket", "eltorito",
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
and "Xotic" which matches what is not matched by the other types.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Only the first letter is interpreted. E.g.: -find / -type d
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@item -damaged :
|
|
|
|
Matches files which use data blocks marked as damaged by a previous
|
|
|
|
run of -check_media. The damage info vanishes when a new ISO image gets
|
|
|
|
loaded.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-12-11 08:28:23 +00:00
|
|
|
Note that a MD5 session mismatch marks all files of the session as damaged.
|
|
|
|
If finer distinction is desired, perform -md5 off before -check_media.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -pending_data :
|
|
|
|
Matches files which get their content from outside the loaded ISO image.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@item -lba_range start_lba block_count :
|
|
|
|
Matches files which use data blocks within the range of start_lba
|
|
|
|
and start_lba+block_count-1.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@item -has_acl :
|
|
|
|
Matches files which have a non-trivial ACL.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@item -has_xattr :
|
|
|
|
Matches files which have xattr name-value pairs from user namespace.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@item -has_aaip :
|
|
|
|
Matches files which have ACL or any xattr.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@item -has_any_xattr :
|
|
|
|
Matches files which have any xattr other than ACL.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@item -has_md5 :
|
|
|
|
Matches data files which have MD5 checksums.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-06-06 18:48:26 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -has_hfs_crtp creator type :
|
|
|
|
Matches files which have the given HFS+ creator and type attached.
|
|
|
|
These are codes of 4 characters which get stored if -hfsplus is
|
|
|
|
enabled. Use a single dash '-' as wildcard that matches any such code.
|
|
|
|
E.g:.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-has_hfs_crtp YYDN TEXT
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-has_hfs_crtp - -
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@item -has_hfs_bless blessing :
|
|
|
|
Matches files which bear the given HFS+ blessing. It may be one of :
|
|
|
|
"ppc_bootdir", "intel_bootfile", "show_folder", "os9_folder", "osx_folder",
|
|
|
|
"any". See also action set_hfs_bless.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -has_filter :
|
|
|
|
Matches files which are filtered by -set_filter.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-06-20 07:22:24 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -hidden hide_state :
|
|
|
|
Matches files which are hidden in "iso_rr" tree, in "joliet" tree,
|
2012-06-06 18:48:26 +00:00
|
|
|
in "hfsplus" tree, in all trees ("on"), or not hidden in any tree ("off").
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-06-20 07:22:24 +00:00
|
|
|
Those which are hidden in some tree match -not -hidden "off".
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2013-12-29 12:02:10 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -bad_outname namespace :
|
|
|
|
Matches files with names which change when converted forth and back
|
|
|
|
between the local character set and one of the namespaces "rockridge",
|
|
|
|
"joliet", "ecma119", "hfsplus".
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
All applicable -compliance rules are taken into respect.
|
|
|
|
Rule "omit_version" is always enabled, because else
|
|
|
|
namespaces "joliet" and "ecma119" would cause changes with every
|
|
|
|
non-directory name.
|
|
|
|
Consider to also enable rules "no_force_dots" resp. "no_j_force_dots".
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
The namespaces use different character sets and apply further restrictions
|
|
|
|
to name length, permissible characters, and mandatory name components.
|
|
|
|
"rockridge" uses the character set defined by -out_charset,
|
|
|
|
"joliet" uses UCS-2BE, "ecma119" uses ASCII, "hfsplus" uses UTF-16BE.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -prune :
|
|
|
|
If this test is reached and the tested file is a directory then -find will not
|
|
|
|
dive into that directory. This test itself does always match.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@item -decision "yes"|"no" :
|
|
|
|
If this test is reached then the evaluation ends immediately and action
|
|
|
|
is performed if the decision is "yes" or "true". See operator -if.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@c man \fB\-true\fR and \fB\-false\fR :
|
|
|
|
@c man-ignore-lines 1
|
|
|
|
@item -true and -false :
|
|
|
|
Always match resp. match not. Evaluation goes on.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@item -sort_lba :
|
|
|
|
Always match. This causes -find to perform its action in a sequence sorted by
|
|
|
|
the ISO image block addresses of the files. It may improve throughput with
|
|
|
|
actions which read data from optical drives. Action will always get the
|
|
|
|
absolute path as parameter.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Available operators are:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@item -not :
|
|
|
|
Matches if the next test or sub expression does not match.
|
|
|
|
Several tests do this specifically:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-undamaged, -lba_range with negative start_lba, -has_no_acl, -has_no_xattr,
|
|
|
|
-has_no_aaip, -has_no_filter .
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@item -and :
|
|
|
|
Matches if both neighboring tests or expressions match.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@item -or :
|
|
|
|
Matches if at least one of both neighboring tests or expressions matches.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@c man \fB\-sub\fR ... \fB\-subend\fR or \fB(\fR ... \fB)\fR :
|
|
|
|
@c man-ignore-lines 1
|
|
|
|
@item -sub ... -subend or ( ... ) :
|
|
|
|
Enclose a sub expression which gets evaluated first before it
|
|
|
|
is processed by neighboring operators.
|
|
|
|
Normal precedence is: -not, -or , -and.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@c man \fB\-if\fR ... \fB\-then\fR\ ... \fB\-elseif\fR ... \fB\-then\fR ...
|
|
|
|
@c man \fB\-else\fR ... \fB\-endif\fR :
|
|
|
|
@c man-ignore-lines 1
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -if ... -then ... -elseif ... -then ... -else ... -endif :
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Enclose one or more sub expressions. If the -if expression matches, then
|
|
|
|
the -then expression is evaluated as the result of the whole expression
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
up to -endif. Else the next -elseif expression is evaluated and if it matches,
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
its -then expression. Finally in case of no match, the -else expression
|
|
|
|
is evaluated.
|
|
|
|
There may be more than one -elseif. Neither -else nor -elseif are mandatory.
|
|
|
|
If -else is missing and would be hit, then the result is a non-match.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-if-expressions are the main use case for above test -decision.
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Default action is @strong{echo},
|
|
|
|
i.e. to print the address of the found file. Other actions are certain
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
@command{xorriso} commands which get performed on the found files.
|
|
|
|
These commands
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
may have specific parameters. See also their particular descriptions.
|
|
|
|
@c man .br
|
|
|
|
@table @asis
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
@c man \fBchown\fR and \fBchown_r\fR
|
|
|
|
@c man-ignore-lines 1
|
|
|
|
@item chown and chown_r
|
|
|
|
change the ownership and get the user id
|
|
|
|
as parameter. E.g.: -exec chown thomas @minus{}@minus{}
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@c man \fBchgrp\fR and \fBchgrp_r\fR
|
|
|
|
@c man-ignore-lines 1
|
|
|
|
@item chgrp and Bchgrp_r
|
|
|
|
change the group attribute and get the group id
|
|
|
|
as parameter. E.g.: -exec chgrp_r staff @minus{}@minus{}
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@c man \fBchmod\fR and \fBchmod_r\fR
|
|
|
|
@c man-ignore-lines 1
|
|
|
|
@item chmod and chmod_r
|
|
|
|
change access permissions and get a mode string
|
|
|
|
as parameter. E.g.: -exec chmod a-w,a+r @minus{}@minus{}
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@c man \fBalter_date\fR and \fBalter_date_r\fR
|
|
|
|
@c man-ignore-lines 1
|
|
|
|
@item Balter_date and Balter_date_r
|
|
|
|
change the timestamps. They get a type
|
|
|
|
character and a timestring as parameters.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
E.g.: -exec alter_date "m" "Dec 30 19:34:12 2007" @minus{}@minus{}
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@item lsdl
|
|
|
|
prints file information like shell command ls -dl.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@item compare
|
|
|
|
performs command -compare with the found file address as
|
2012-02-24 20:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
iso_rr_path and the corresponding file address below its parameter
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
disk_path_start. For this the iso_rr_path of the -find command gets
|
|
|
|
replaced by the disk_path_start.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
E.g.: -find /thomas -exec compare /home/thomas @minus{}@minus{}
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@item update
|
|
|
|
performs command -update with the found file address as
|
|
|
|
iso_rr_path. The corresponding file address is determined like with above
|
|
|
|
action "compare".
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2011-02-12 17:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
@item update_merge
|
|
|
|
is like update but does not delete the found file if it is missing on disk.
|
|
|
|
It may be run several times and records with all visited files whether their
|
|
|
|
counterpart on disk has already been seen by one of the update_merge runs.
|
|
|
|
Finally, a -find run with action "rm_merge" may remove all files that
|
|
|
|
saw no counterpart on disk.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Up to the next "rm_merge" or "clear_merge" all newly inserted files will
|
|
|
|
get marked as having a disk counterpart.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@item rm
|
|
|
|
removes the found iso_rr_path from the image if it is not a directory
|
|
|
|
with files in it. I.e. this "rm" includes "rmdir".
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@item rm_r
|
|
|
|
removes the found iso_rr_path from the image, including whole
|
|
|
|
directory trees.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2011-02-12 17:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
@item rm_merge
|
|
|
|
removes the found iso_rr_path if it was visited by one or more previous actions
|
|
|
|
"update_merge" and saw no counterpart on disk in any of them. The marking from
|
|
|
|
the update actions is removed in any case.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@item clear_merge
|
|
|
|
removes an eventual marking from action "update_merge".
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@item report_damage
|
|
|
|
classifies files whether they hit a data block that is
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
marked as damaged. The result is printed together with the address
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
of the first damaged byte, the maximum span of damages, file size, and the
|
|
|
|
path of the file.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@item report_lba
|
|
|
|
prints files which are associated to image data blocks.
|
|
|
|
It tells the logical block address, the block number, the byte size,
|
|
|
|
and the path of each file. There may be reported more than one
|
|
|
|
line per file if the file is very large. In this case each line has a
|
|
|
|
different extent number in column "xt".
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@item getfacl
|
|
|
|
prints access permissions in ACL text form to the result channel.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@item setfacl
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
attaches ACLs after removing existing ones. The new
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
ACL is given in text form as defined with command -setfacl.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
E.g.: -exec setfacl u:lisa:rw,u::rw,g::r,o::@minus{},m::rw @minus{}@minus{}
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@item getfattr
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
prints xattr name-value pairs from user namespace
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
to the result channel.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@item get_any_xattr
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
prints xattr name-value pairs from any namespace
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
except ACL to the result channel. This is mostly for debugging of
|
|
|
|
namespace "isofs".
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2011-08-25 19:00:46 +00:00
|
|
|
@item list_extattr mode
|
|
|
|
prints a script to the result channel, which would use FreeBSD command
|
|
|
|
setextattr to set the file's xattr name-value pairs of user namespace.
|
|
|
|
Parameter mode controls the form of the output of names and values.
|
|
|
|
Default mode "e" prints harmless characters in shell quotation marks,
|
|
|
|
but represents texts with octal 001 to 037 and 0177 to 0377 by an embedded
|
|
|
|
echo -e command.
|
|
|
|
Mode "q" prints any characters in shell quotation marks. This might not be
|
|
|
|
terminal-safe but should work in script files.
|
|
|
|
Mode "r" uses no quotation marks. Not safe.
|
|
|
|
Mode "b" prints backslash encoding. Not suitable for shell parsing.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
E.g. -exec list_extattr e --
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
Command -backslash_codes does not affect the output.
|
2011-08-25 19:00:46 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@item get_md5
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
prints the MD5 sum, if recorded, together with file path.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@item check_md5
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
compares the MD5 sum, if recorded, with the file content
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
and reports if mismatch.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
E.g.: -find / -not -pending_data -exec check_md5 FAILURE @minus{}@minus{}
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@item make_md5
|
|
|
|
equips a data file with an MD5 sum of its content. Useful to
|
|
|
|
upgrade the files in the loaded image to full MD5 coverage by the next
|
|
|
|
commit with -md5 "on".
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
E.g.: -find / -type f -not -has_md5 -exec make_md5 @minus{}@minus{}
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@item setfattr
|
|
|
|
sets or deletes xattr name value pairs.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
E.g.: -find / -has_xattr -exec setfattr @minus{}@minus{}remove-all '' @minus{}@minus{}
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-06-06 18:48:26 +00:00
|
|
|
@item set_hfs_crtp
|
|
|
|
adds, changes, or removes HFS+ creator and type attributes.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
E.g.: -exec set_hfs_crtp YYDN TEXT
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
E.g.: -find /my/dir -prune -exec set_hfs_crtp --delete -
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-06-08 07:09:30 +00:00
|
|
|
@item get_hfs_crtp
|
|
|
|
prints the HFS+ creator and type attributes together with the iso_rr_path,
|
|
|
|
if the file has such attributes at all.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
E.g.: -exec get_hfs_crtp
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-06-06 18:48:26 +00:00
|
|
|
@item set_hfs_bless
|
|
|
|
applies or removes HFS+ blessings. They are roles which can be attributed to
|
|
|
|
up to four directories and a data file:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"ppc_bootdir", "intel_bootfile", "show_folder", "os9_folder", "osx_folder".
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
They may be abbreviated as "p", "i", "s", "9", and "x".
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Each such role can be attributed to at most one file object. "intel_bootfile"
|
|
|
|
is the one that would apply to a data file. All others apply to directories.
|
|
|
|
The -find run will end as soon as the first blessing is issued. The previous
|
|
|
|
bearer of the blessing will lose it then.
|
|
|
|
No file object can bear more than one blessing.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
E.g.: -find /my/blessed/directory -exec set_hfs_bless p
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-06-18 18:11:09 +00:00
|
|
|
Further there is blessing "none" or "n" which revokes any blessing from
|
|
|
|
the found files. This -find run will not stop when the first match is reached.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
E.g.: -find / -has_hfs_bless any -exec set_hfs_bless none
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-06-06 18:48:26 +00:00
|
|
|
@item get_hfs_bless
|
|
|
|
prints the HFS+ blessing role and the iso_rr_path, if the file is blessed
|
|
|
|
at all.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
E.g.: -exec get_hfs_bless
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@item set_filter
|
|
|
|
applies or removes filters.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
E.g.: -exec set_filter @minus{}@minus{}zisofs @minus{}@minus{}
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-04-08 18:58:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@item mkisofs_r
|
|
|
|
applies the rules of mkisofs -r to the file object:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
user id and group id become 0, all r-permissions get granted, all w denied.
|
|
|
|
If there is any x-permission, then all three x get granted.
|
|
|
|
s- and t-bits get removed.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-04-18 09:59:08 +00:00
|
|
|
@item sort_weight
|
|
|
|
attributes a LBA weight number to regular files.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
The number may range from -2147483648 to 2147483647. The higher it is, the
|
|
|
|
lower will be the block address of the file data in the emerging ISO image.
|
2010-04-20 14:02:54 +00:00
|
|
|
Currently the boot catalog has a hardcoded weight of 1 billion.
|
|
|
|
Normally it should occupy the block with the lowest possible address.
|
2013-05-24 11:17:51 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Data files which are loaded by -indev or -dev get a weight between 1 and
|
|
|
|
2 exp 28 = 268,435,456, depending on their block address. This shall keep
|
|
|
|
them roughly in the same order if the write method of modifying is applied.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Data files which are added by other commands get an initial weight of 0.
|
2013-09-07 20:12:08 +00:00
|
|
|
Boot image files have a default weight of 2.
|
2010-04-18 09:59:08 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
E.g.: -exec sort_weight 3 @minus{}@minus{}
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@item show_stream
|
|
|
|
shows the content stream chain of a data file.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-06-20 07:22:24 +00:00
|
|
|
@item hide
|
2012-06-06 18:48:26 +00:00
|
|
|
brings the file into one of the hide states "on", "iso_rr", "joliet",
|
|
|
|
"hfsplus", "off". They may be combined. E.g.: joliet:hfsplus
|
2010-06-20 07:22:24 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
E.g.:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-find / -disk_name *_secret -exec hide on
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2013-12-29 12:02:10 +00:00
|
|
|
@item print_outname
|
|
|
|
prints in the first line the filename as registered by the program model,
|
|
|
|
and in the second line the filename after conversion forth and back between
|
|
|
|
local character set and one of the namespaces "rockridge", "joliet", "ecma119",
|
|
|
|
or "hfsplus". The third output line is "--" .
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
The name conversion does not take into respect the possibility of name
|
|
|
|
collisions in the target namespace. Such collisions are most likely in "joliet"
|
|
|
|
and "ecma119", where they get resolved by automatic file name changes.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
E.g.:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-find / -bad_outname joliet -exec print_outname joliet
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-12-02 11:10:39 +00:00
|
|
|
@item estimate_size
|
|
|
|
prints a lower and an upper estimation of the number of blocks which the
|
2010-12-11 08:28:23 +00:00
|
|
|
found files together will occupy in the emerging ISO image.
|
2010-12-02 11:10:39 +00:00
|
|
|
This does not account for the superblock,
|
|
|
|
for the directories in the -find path, or for image padding.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@item find
|
|
|
|
performs another run of -find on the matching file address.
|
|
|
|
It accepts the same params as -find, except iso_rr_path.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
E.g.:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-find / -name '???' -type d -exec find -name '[abc]*' -exec chmod a-w,a+r @minus{}@minus{}
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@c man .B Filters for data file content:
|
|
|
|
@c man .PP
|
2012-11-05 09:37:47 +00:00
|
|
|
@node Filter, Writing, CmdFind, Commands
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@section Filters for data file content
|
|
|
|
@cindex Filter, _definition
|
|
|
|
@strong{Filters} may be installed between data files in the ISO image and their
|
|
|
|
content source outside the image. They may also be used vice versa between
|
|
|
|
data content in the image and target files on disk.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
Built-in filters are "@minus{}@minus{}zisofs" and
|
|
|
|
"@minus{}@minus{}zisofs-decode". The former is to be
|
|
|
|
applied via -set_filter, the latter is automatically applied if zisofs
|
|
|
|
compressed content is detected with a file when loading the ISO image.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Another built-in filter pair is "@minus{}@minus{}gzip"
|
|
|
|
and "@minus{}@minus{}gunzip" with suffix ".gz".
|
|
|
|
They behave about like external gzip and gunzip but avoid forking a process
|
|
|
|
for each single file. So they are much faster if there are many small files.
|
|
|
|
@c man .PP
|
|
|
|
@table @asis
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -external_filter name option[:option] program_path [arguments] @minus{}@minus{}
|
|
|
|
@kindex -external_filter registers data filter
|
|
|
|
@cindex Filter, register, -external_filter
|
|
|
|
Register a content filter by associating a name with a program path,
|
|
|
|
program arguments, and some behavioral options. Once registered it can be
|
|
|
|
applied to multiple data files in the ISO image, regardless whether their
|
|
|
|
content resides in the loaded ISO image or in the local filesystem.
|
|
|
|
External filter processes may produce synthetic file content by reading the
|
|
|
|
original content from stdin and writing to stdout whatever they want.
|
|
|
|
They must deliver the same output on the same input in repeated runs.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Options are:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"default" means that no other option is intended.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"suffix=..." sets a file name suffix. If it is not empty then it will be
|
|
|
|
appended to the file name or removed from it.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
"remove_suffix" will remove a file name suffix
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
rather than appending it.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"if_nonempty" will leave 0-sized files unfiltered.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"if_reduction" will try filtering and revoke it if the content size does not
|
|
|
|
shrink.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"if_block_reduction" will revoke if the number of 2 kB blocks does not shrink.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"used=..." is ignored. Command -status shows it with the number of
|
|
|
|
files which currently have the filter applied.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Examples:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-external_filter bzip2 suffix=.bz2:if_block_reduction \
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
/usr/bin/bzip2 @minus{}@minus{}
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-external_filter bunzip2 suffix=.bz2:remove_suffix \
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
/usr/bin/bunzip2 @minus{}@minus{}
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -unregister_filter name
|
|
|
|
@kindex -external_filter unregisters data filter
|
|
|
|
@cindex Filter, unregister, -unregister_filter
|
|
|
|
Remove an -external_filter registration. This is only possible if the filter
|
|
|
|
is not applied to any file in the ISO image.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -close_filter_list
|
|
|
|
@kindex -close_filter_list bans filter registration
|
|
|
|
@cindex Filter, ban registration, -close_filter_list
|
|
|
|
Irrevocably ban commands -external_filter and -unregister_filter,
|
|
|
|
but not -set_filter. Use this to prevent external filtering in general or
|
|
|
|
when all intended filters are registered.
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
External filters may also be banned totally at compile time of
|
|
|
|
@command{xorriso}.
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
By default they are banned if @command{xorriso} runs under setuid permission.
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -set_filter name iso_rr_path [***]
|
|
|
|
@kindex -set_filter applies filter to file
|
|
|
|
@cindex Filter, apply to file, -set_filter
|
|
|
|
Apply an -external_filter or a built-in filter to the given data files in the
|
|
|
|
ISO image.
|
|
|
|
If the filter suffix is not empty , then it will be applied to the file name.
|
|
|
|
Renaming only happens if the filter really gets attached and is not revoked by
|
|
|
|
its options.
|
|
|
|
By default files which already bear the suffix will not get filtered. The
|
|
|
|
others will get the suffix appended to their names.
|
|
|
|
If the filter has option "remove_suffix", then the filter will only be
|
|
|
|
applied if the suffix is present and can be removed.
|
|
|
|
Name oversize or collision caused by suffix change will prevent filtering.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
With most filter types this command will immediately run the filter once for
|
|
|
|
each file in order to determine the output size.
|
|
|
|
Content reading operations like -extract , -compare and image generation will
|
|
|
|
perform further filter runs and deliver filtered content.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
At image generation time the filter output must still be the same as the
|
|
|
|
output from the first run. Filtering for image generation does not happen
|
|
|
|
with files from the loaded ISO image if the write method of growing is in
|
|
|
|
effect (i.e -indev and -outdev are identical).
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
The reserved filter name "@minus{}@minus{}remove-all-filters" revokes
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
filtering. This will revoke suffix renamings as well.
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
Use "@minus{}@minus{}remove-all-filters+" to
|
|
|
|
prevent any suffix renaming.
|
2012-03-03 21:14:16 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Attaching or detaching filters will not alter the state of -changes_pending.
|
|
|
|
If the filter manipulations shall be the only changes in a write run, then
|
|
|
|
explicitely execute -changes_pending "yes".
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -set_filter_r name iso_rr_path [***]
|
|
|
|
@kindex -set_filter_r applies filter to file tree
|
|
|
|
@cindex Filter, apply to file tree, -set_filter_r
|
|
|
|
Like -set_filter but affecting all data files below eventual directories.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@c man .B Writing the result, drive control:
|
2012-11-05 09:37:47 +00:00
|
|
|
@node Writing, SetWrite, Filter, Commands
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@section Writing the result, drive control
|
|
|
|
@c man .PP
|
|
|
|
(see also paragraph about settings below)
|
|
|
|
@table @asis
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -rollback
|
|
|
|
@kindex -rollback discards pending changes
|
|
|
|
@cindex Image, discard pending changes, -rollback
|
|
|
|
Discard the manipulated ISO image and reload it from -indev.
|
|
|
|
(Use -rollback_end if immediate program end is desired.)
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
2012-03-03 18:29:01 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -changes_pending "no"|"yes"|"mkisofs_printed"|"show_status"
|
|
|
|
@kindex -changes_pending overrides change status
|
|
|
|
@cindex Image, override change status, -changes_pending
|
|
|
|
Write runs are performed only if a change of the image has been made
|
|
|
|
since the image was loaded or created blank. Vice versa the program will
|
|
|
|
start a write run for pending changes when it ends normally (i.e. not by abort
|
|
|
|
and not by command -rollback_end).
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
The command -changes_pending can be used to override the automatically
|
|
|
|
determined state. This is mainly useful for setting state "yes" despite
|
|
|
|
no real changes were made. The sequence -changes_pending "no" -end
|
|
|
|
is equivalent to the command -rollback_end. State "mkisofs_printed"
|
|
|
|
is caused by emulation command -as mkisofs if option -print-size is present.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
The pseudo-state "show_status" can be used to print the current state to result
|
|
|
|
channel.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Image loading or manipulations which happen after this command will again
|
|
|
|
update automatically the change status of the image.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -commit
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -commit writes pending ISO image
|
|
|
|
@cindex Write, pending ISO image, -commit
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
Perform the write operation. Afterwards, if -outdev is readable, make it
|
|
|
|
the new -dev and load the image from there.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Switch to growing mode.
|
|
|
|
(A subsequent -outdev will activate modification mode or blind growing.)
|
|
|
|
-commit is performed automatically at end of program if there
|
|
|
|
are uncommitted manipulations pending.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
So, to perform a final write operation with no new -dev
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
and no new loading of image, rather execute command -end.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
If you want to go on without image loading, execute -commit_eject "none".
|
|
|
|
To eject after write without image loading, use -commit_eject "all".
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
To suppress a final write, execute -rollback_end.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Writing can last quite a while. It is not unnormal with several
|
|
|
|
types of media that there is no progress visible for the first
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
few minutes or that the drive gnaws on the medium for a few
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
minutes after all data have been transmitted.
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
@command{xorriso} and the drives are in a client-server relationship.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
The drives have much freedom about what to do with the media.
|
|
|
|
Some combinations of drives and media simply do not work,
|
|
|
|
despite the promises by their vendors.
|
|
|
|
If writing fails then try other media or another drive. The reason
|
|
|
|
for such failure is hardly ever in the code of the various
|
|
|
|
burn programs but you may well try some of those listed below
|
|
|
|
under SEE ALSO.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -eject "in"|"out"|"all"
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -eject ejects drive tray
|
|
|
|
@cindex Drive, eject tray, -eject
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
Eject the medium in -indev, resp. -outdev, resp. both drives.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Note: It is not possible yet to effectively eject disk files.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -commit_eject "in"|"out"|"all"|"none"
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -commit_eject writes and ejects
|
|
|
|
@cindex Drive, write and eject, -commit_eject
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Combined -commit and -eject. When writing has finished do not make
|
|
|
|
-outdev the new -dev, and load no ISO image. Rather eject
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
-indev and/or -outdev. Give up any non-ejected drive.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -blank mode
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -blank erases media
|
|
|
|
@cindex Media, erase, -blank
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Make media ready for writing from scratch (if not -dummy is activated).
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
This affects only the -outdev not the -indev.
|
|
|
|
If both drives are the same and if the ISO image was altered
|
|
|
|
then this command leads to a FAILURE event.
|
|
|
|
Defined modes are:
|
|
|
|
as_needed, fast, all, deformat, deformat_quickest
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"as_needed" cares for used CD-RW, DVD-RW and for used overwriteable media
|
|
|
|
by applying -blank "fast". It applies -format "full" to yet unformatted
|
|
|
|
DVD-RAM and BD-RE. Other media in blank state are gracefully ignored.
|
|
|
|
Media which cannot be made ready for writing from scratch cause a FAILURE
|
|
|
|
event.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"fast" makes CD-RW and unformatted DVD-RW re-usable, or invalidates
|
|
|
|
overwriteable ISO images. "all" might work more thoroughly and need more time.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"deformat" converts overwriteable DVD-RW into unformatted ones.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"deformat_quickest" is a faster way to deformat or blank DVD-RW
|
|
|
|
but produces media which are only suitable for a single session.
|
2011-05-29 10:01:56 +00:00
|
|
|
Some drives announce this state by not offering feature 21h,
|
|
|
|
but some drives offer it anyway.
|
|
|
|
If feature 21h is missing, then @command{xorriso}
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
will refuse to write on DVD-RW if not command -close is set to "on".
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
The progress reports issued by some drives while blanking are
|
|
|
|
quite unrealistic. Do not conclude success or failure from the
|
|
|
|
reported percentages. Blanking was successful if no SORRY event or
|
|
|
|
worse occured.
|
2012-10-24 09:59:13 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Mode may be prepended by "force:" in order to override the evaluation
|
|
|
|
of the medium state by libburn. E.g. "force:fast".
|
|
|
|
Blanking will nevertheless only succeed if the drive is willing to do it.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -format mode
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -format formats media
|
|
|
|
@cindex Media, format, -format
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Convert unformatted DVD-RW into overwriteable ones, "de-ice" DVD+RW, format
|
|
|
|
newly purchased BD-RE or BD-R, re-format DVD-RAM or BD-RE.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Defined modes are:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2013-06-27 12:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
as_needed, full, fast, by_index_<num>, fast_by_index_<num>,
|
|
|
|
by_size_<num>, fast_by_size_<num>, without_spare
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"as_needed" formats yet unformatted DVD-RW, DVD-RAM, BD-RE, or blank
|
|
|
|
unformatted BD-R. Other media are left untouched.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"full" (re-)formats DVD-RW, DVD+RW, DVD-RAM, BD-RE, or blank unformatted BD-R.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"fast" does the same as "full" but tries to be quicker.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
"by_index_" selects a format out of the descriptor list issued by command
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
-list_formats. The index number from that list is to be appended to the
|
|
|
|
mode word. E.g: "by_index_3".
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"fast_by_index_" does the same as "by_index_" but tries to be quicker.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"by_size_" selects a format out of the descriptor list which provides at
|
|
|
|
least the given size. That size is to be appended to the mode word.
|
|
|
|
E.g: "by_size_4100m". This applies to media with Defect Management.
|
2013-06-27 12:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
On BD-RE it will not choose format 0x31, which offers no Defect Management.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"fast_by_size_" does the same as "by_size_" but tries to be quicker.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2013-06-27 12:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
"without_spare" selects the largest format out of the descriptor list
|
|
|
|
which provides no Spare Area for Defect Management. On BD-RE this
|
|
|
|
will be format 0x31.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
The formatting action has no effect on media if -dummy is activated.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
Formatting is normally needed only once during the lifetime of a medium,
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
if ever. But it is a reason for re-formatting if:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
DVD-RW was deformatted by -blank,
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
DVD+RW has read failures (re-format before next write),
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
DVD-RAM or BD-RE shall change their amount of defect reserve.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
BD-R may be written unformatted or may be formatted before first use.
|
|
|
|
Formatting activates Defect Management which tries to catch and repair
|
|
|
|
bad spots on media during the write process at the expense of half speed
|
|
|
|
even with flawless media.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
The progress reports issued by some drives while formatting are
|
|
|
|
quite unrealistic. Do not conclude success or failure from the
|
|
|
|
reported percentages. Formatting was successful if no SORRY event
|
|
|
|
or worse occured. Be patient with apparently frozen progress.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -list_formats
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -list_formats lists available formats
|
|
|
|
@cindex Media, list formats, -list_formats
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Put out a list of format descriptors as reported by the output drive for
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
the current medium. The list gives the index number after "Format idx",
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
a MMC format code, the announced size in blocks (like "2236704s")
|
|
|
|
and the same size in MiB.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
MMC format codes are manifold. Most important are:
|
|
|
|
"00h" general formatting, "01h" increases reserve space for DVD-RAM,
|
|
|
|
"26h" for DVD+RW, "30h" for BD-RE with reserve space,
|
|
|
|
"31h" for BD-RE without reserve space, "32h" for BD-R.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Smaller format size with DVD-RAM, BD-RE, or BD-R means more reserve space.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
2011-07-04 09:29:00 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -list_speeds
|
|
|
|
@kindex -list_speeds lists available write speeds
|
|
|
|
@cindex Media, list write speeds, -list_speeds
|
2013-10-08 17:58:09 +00:00
|
|
|
Put out a list of speed values as reported by the drives with the loaded
|
|
|
|
media. The list tells read speeds of the input drive and of the output
|
|
|
|
drive. Further it tells write speeds of the output drive.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
The list of write speeds does not necessarily mean that the medium is writable
|
2011-07-12 13:56:36 +00:00
|
|
|
or that these speeds are actually achievable. Especially the
|
|
|
|
lists reported with empty drive or with ROM media obviously advertise
|
|
|
|
speeds for other media.
|
2011-07-04 09:29:00 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
It is not mandatory to use speed values out of the listed range.
|
|
|
|
The drive is supposed to choose a safe speed that is as near to the desired
|
|
|
|
speed as possible.
|
2011-07-12 13:56:36 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
At the end of the list, "Write speed L" and "Write speed H"
|
2013-10-08 17:58:09 +00:00
|
|
|
are the best guesses for lower and upper write speed limit.
|
2011-07-12 13:56:36 +00:00
|
|
|
"Write speed l" and "Write speed h" may appear only with CD
|
|
|
|
and eventually override the list of other speed offers.
|
2013-03-10 19:34:09 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Only if the drive reports contradicting speed information there will appear
|
|
|
|
"Write speed 0", which tells the outcome of speed selection by command
|
|
|
|
-speed 0, if it deviates from "Write speed H".
|
2013-10-08 17:58:09 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"Read speed L" and "Read speed H" tell the minimum and maximum read speeds,
|
2013-11-15 12:35:09 +00:00
|
|
|
as reported by the drive. They would be chosen by -read_speed "min" resp.
|
|
|
|
"max" if they undercut resp. surpass the built-in limits. These are "1x"
|
|
|
|
resp. "52xCD", "24xDVD", "20xBD".
|
2011-07-04 09:29:00 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
2011-06-01 16:52:29 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -close_damaged "as_needed"|"force"
|
|
|
|
@kindex -close_damaged closes damaged track and session
|
|
|
|
@cindex Damaged track and session, close, -close_damaged
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
Try to close the upcomming track and session if the drive reported the medium
|
2011-06-01 16:52:29 +00:00
|
|
|
as damaged. This may apply to CD-R, CD-RW, DVD-R, DVD-RW, DVD+R, DVD+R DL,
|
|
|
|
or BD-R media. It is indicated by warning messages when the drive gets
|
2012-03-05 10:32:03 +00:00
|
|
|
acquired, and by a remark "but next track is damaged" with the line
|
2011-06-01 16:52:29 +00:00
|
|
|
"Media status :" of command -toc.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
The setting of command -close determines whether the medium stays appendable.
|
2011-06-01 16:52:29 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Mode "as_needed" gracefully refuses on media which are not reported as
|
|
|
|
damaged. Mode "force" attempts the close operation even with media which
|
|
|
|
appear undamaged.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
No image changes are allowed to be pending before this command is performed.
|
|
|
|
After closing was attempted, both drives are given up.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -list_profiles "in"|"out"|"all"
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -list_profiles lists supported media
|
|
|
|
@cindex Drive, list supported media, -list_profiles
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Put out a list of media types supported by -indev, resp. -outdev, resp. both.
|
|
|
|
The currently recognized type is marked by text "(current)".
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@c man .B Settings for result writing:
|
2012-11-05 09:37:47 +00:00
|
|
|
@node SetWrite, Bootable, Writing, Commands
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@section Settings for result writing
|
|
|
|
@c man .PP
|
2012-05-22 12:13:18 +00:00
|
|
|
Rock Ridge info will be generated by default.
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
ACLs will be written according to the setting of command -acl.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@table @asis
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -joliet "on"|"off"
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -joliet enables production of Joliet tree
|
|
|
|
@cindex Write, enable Joliet, -joliet
|
|
|
|
If enabled by "on", generate Joliet tree additional to ISO 9660 + Rock Ridge
|
|
|
|
tree.
|
2012-05-22 12:13:18 +00:00
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
2012-06-06 18:48:26 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -hfsplus "on"|"off"
|
|
|
|
@kindex -hfsplus enables production of HFS+ partition
|
|
|
|
@cindex Write, enable HFS+, -hfsplus
|
|
|
|
If enabled by "on", generate a HFS+ filesystem inside the ISO 9660 image
|
|
|
|
and mark it by Apple Partition Map (APM) entries in the System Area,
|
|
|
|
the first 32 KiB of the image.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
This may collide with data submitted by -boot_image system_area=.
|
|
|
|
The first 8 bytes of the System Area get overwritten by
|
|
|
|
@{ 0x45, 0x52, 0x08 0x00, 0xeb, 0x02, 0xff, 0xff @}
|
|
|
|
which can be executed as x86 machine code without negative effects.
|
|
|
|
So if an MBR gets combined with this feature, then its first 8 bytes
|
|
|
|
should contain no essential commands.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
The next blocks of 2 KiB in the System Area will be occupied by APM entries.
|
|
|
|
The first one covers the part of the ISO image before the HFS+ filesystem
|
|
|
|
metadata. The second one marks the range from HFS+ metadata to the end
|
|
|
|
of file content data. If more ISO image data follow, then a third partition
|
|
|
|
entry gets produced. Other features of xorriso might cause the need for
|
|
|
|
more APM entries.
|
2012-06-08 07:09:30 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
The HFS+ filesystem is not suitable for add-on sessions produced by the
|
|
|
|
multi-session method of growing. An existing ISO image may nevertheless
|
|
|
|
be the base for a new image produced by the method of modifying.
|
|
|
|
If -hfsplus is enabled when -indev or -dev gets executed, then AAIP
|
|
|
|
attributes get loaded from the input image and checked for information about
|
|
|
|
HFS creator, filetype, or blessing. If found, then they get enabled as
|
|
|
|
settings for the next image production.
|
|
|
|
Therefore it is advisable to perform -hfsplus "on" before -indev or -dev.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Information about HFS creator, type, and blessings gets stored by xorriso
|
|
|
|
if -hfsplus is enabled at -commit time. It is stored as copy outside the
|
|
|
|
HFS+ partition, but rather along with the Rock Ridge information.
|
|
|
|
xorriso does not read any information from the HFS+ meta data.
|
2012-07-03 16:33:13 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Be aware that HFS+ is case-insensitive although it can record file names
|
|
|
|
with upper-case and lower-case letters. Therefore, file names from the iso_rr
|
|
|
|
name tree may collide in the HFS+ name tree. In this case they get changed
|
|
|
|
by adding underscore characters and counting numbers. In case of very long
|
|
|
|
names, it might be necessary to map them to "MANGLED_...".
|
2012-06-06 18:48:26 +00:00
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
2012-05-22 12:13:18 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -rockridge "on"|"off"
|
|
|
|
@kindex -rockridge disables production of Rock Ridge info
|
|
|
|
@cindex Write, disable Rock Ridge, -rockridge
|
|
|
|
Mode "off" disables production of Rock Ridge information for the ISO 9660 file
|
|
|
|
objects. The multi-session capabilities of xorriso depend much on the naming
|
|
|
|
fidelity of Rock Ridge. So it is strongly discouraged to deviate from
|
|
|
|
default setting "on".
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -compliance rule[:rule...]
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -compliance controls standard compliance
|
|
|
|
@cindex Write, compliance to specs, -compliance
|
2012-03-14 15:26:49 +00:00
|
|
|
Adjust the compliance to specifications of ISO 9660/ECMA-119 and its
|
|
|
|
contemporary extensions. In some
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
cases it is worth to deviate a bit in order to circumvent bugs of the intended
|
|
|
|
reader system or to get unofficial extra features.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
There are several adjustable rules which have a keyword each. If they
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
are mentioned with this command then their rule gets added to the relaxation
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
list. This list can be erased by rules "strict" or "clear". It can be reset
|
|
|
|
to its start setting by "default". All of the following relaxation rules
|
|
|
|
can be revoked individually by appending "_off". Like "deep_paths_off".
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Rule keywords are:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-03-14 15:26:49 +00:00
|
|
|
"iso_9660_level="number chooses level 1 with ECMA-119 names of the form 8.3
|
|
|
|
and -file_size_limit <= 4g - 1, or level 2 with ECMA-119 names up to
|
|
|
|
length 32 and the same -file_size_limit, or level 3 with ECMA-119 names up to
|
2010-12-25 07:15:36 +00:00
|
|
|
length 32 and -file_size_limit >= 400g -200k. If necessary -file_size_limit
|
|
|
|
gets adjusted.
|
2010-04-13 10:40:22 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-03-14 15:26:49 +00:00
|
|
|
"allow_dir_id_ext" allows ECMA-119 names of directories to have a name extension
|
2010-12-25 09:28:35 +00:00
|
|
|
as with other file types. It does not force dots and it omits the version
|
|
|
|
number, though. This is a bad tradition of mkisofs which violates ECMA-119.
|
|
|
|
Especially ISO level 1 only allows 8 characters in a directory name and
|
|
|
|
not 8.3.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-03-14 15:26:49 +00:00
|
|
|
"omit_version" does not add versions (";1") to ECMA-119 and Joliet file names.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-12-25 07:15:36 +00:00
|
|
|
"only_iso_version" does not add versions (";1") to Joliet file names.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-03-14 15:26:49 +00:00
|
|
|
"deep_paths" allows ECMA-119 file paths deeper than 8 levels.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-03-14 15:26:49 +00:00
|
|
|
"long_paths" allows ECMA-119 file paths longer than 255 characters.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-03-14 15:26:49 +00:00
|
|
|
"long_names" allows up to 37 characters with ECMA-119 file names.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-03-14 15:26:49 +00:00
|
|
|
"no_force_dots" does not add a dot to ECMA-119 file names which have none.
|
2010-04-13 10:40:22 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-12-25 07:15:36 +00:00
|
|
|
"no_j_force_dots" does not add a dot to Joliet file names which have none.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-03-14 15:26:49 +00:00
|
|
|
"lowercase" allows lowercase characters in ECMA-119 file names.
|
2010-12-25 07:15:36 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-03-22 10:31:38 +00:00
|
|
|
"7bit_ascii" allows nearly all 7-bit characters in ECMA-119 file names.
|
|
|
|
Not allowed are 0x0 and '/'. If not "lowercase" is enabled, then lowercase
|
|
|
|
letters get converted to uppercase.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
"full_ascii" allows all 8-bit characters except 0x0 and '/'
|
2012-03-14 15:26:49 +00:00
|
|
|
in ECMA-119 file names.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-12-22 13:39:55 +00:00
|
|
|
"untranslated_names" might be dangerous for inadverted reader programs
|
2012-03-14 15:26:49 +00:00
|
|
|
which rely on the restriction to at most 37 characters in ECMA-119 file names.
|
|
|
|
This rule allows ECMA-119 file names up to 96 characters with no character
|
2010-12-22 13:39:55 +00:00
|
|
|
conversion. If a file name has more characters, then image production will
|
|
|
|
fail deliberately.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"untranslated_name_len="number enables untranslated_names with a smaller limit
|
|
|
|
for the length of file names. 0 disables this feature, -1 chooses maximum
|
|
|
|
length limit, numbers larger than 0 give the desired length limit.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2011-03-26 14:45:24 +00:00
|
|
|
"joliet_long_names" allows Joliet leaf names up to 103 characters rather
|
|
|
|
than 64.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-12-25 07:15:36 +00:00
|
|
|
"joliet_long_paths" allows Joliet paths longer than 240 characters.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2013-12-18 07:43:34 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex UTF-16, for Joliet paths, -compliance
|
|
|
|
"joliet_utf16" encodes Joliet names in UTF-16BE rather than UCS-2.
|
|
|
|
The difference is with characters which are not present
|
|
|
|
in UCS-2 and get encoded in UTF-16 by 2 words of 16 bit each.
|
|
|
|
Both words then stem from a reserved subset of UCS-2.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-12-25 07:15:36 +00:00
|
|
|
"always_gmt" stores timestamps in GMT representation with timezone 0.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-01-14 14:45:39 +00:00
|
|
|
"rec_mtime" records with non-RockRidge directory entries the disk file's
|
|
|
|
mtime and not the creation time of the image. This applies to the ECMA-119
|
|
|
|
tree (plain ISO 9660), to Joliet, and to ISO 9660:1999. "rec_time" is
|
2012-01-15 10:40:12 +00:00
|
|
|
default. If disabled, it gets automatically re-enabled by -as mkisofs emulation
|
|
|
|
when a pathspec is encountered.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-12-25 07:15:36 +00:00
|
|
|
"new_rr" uses Rock Ridge version 1.12 (suitable for GNU/Linux but not for older
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
FreeBSD or for Solaris). This implies "aaip_susp_1_10_off" which may be changed
|
|
|
|
by subsequent "aaip_susp_1_10".
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Default is "old_rr" which uses Rock Ridge version 1.10. This implies also
|
|
|
|
"aaip_susp_1_10" which may be changed by subsequent "aaip_susp_1_10_off".
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"aaip_susp_1_10" allows AAIP to be written as unofficial extension of RRIP
|
|
|
|
rather than as official extension under SUSP-1.12.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-05-23 15:16:25 +00:00
|
|
|
"no_emul_toc" saves 64 kB with the first session on overwriteable media
|
|
|
|
but makes the image incapable of displaying its session history.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-12-23 19:01:42 +00:00
|
|
|
"iso_9660_1999" causes the production of an additional directory tree
|
|
|
|
compliant to ISO 9660:1999. It can record long filenames for readers which
|
|
|
|
do not understand Rock Ridge.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2011-01-26 13:31:05 +00:00
|
|
|
"old_empty" uses the old way of of giving block addresses in the range
|
|
|
|
of [0,31] to files with no own data content. The new way is to have
|
|
|
|
a dedicated block to which all such files will point.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Default setting is
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-04-13 10:40:22 +00:00
|
|
|
"clear:only_iso_version:deep_paths:long_paths:no_j_force_dots:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
always_gmt:old_rr".
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-03-14 15:26:49 +00:00
|
|
|
Note: The term "ECMA-119 name" means the plain ISO 9660 names and attributes
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
which get visible if the reader ignores Rock Ridge.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
2012-03-10 14:59:44 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -rr_reloc_dir name
|
|
|
|
@kindex -rr_reloc_dir sets name of relocation directory
|
|
|
|
@cindex Relocation directory, set name, -rr_reloc_dir
|
|
|
|
Specify the name of the relocation directory in which deep directory subtrees
|
2012-03-14 15:26:49 +00:00
|
|
|
shall be placed if -compliance is set to "deep_paths_off" or "long_paths_off".
|
|
|
|
A deep directory is one that has a chain of 8 parent directories (including
|
|
|
|
root) above itself, or one that contains a file with an ECMA-119 path of more
|
|
|
|
than 255 characters.
|
2012-03-10 14:59:44 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
The overall directory tree will appear originally deep when interpreted
|
|
|
|
as Rock Ridge tree. It will appear as re-arranged if only ECMA-119
|
|
|
|
information is considered.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
The default relocation directory is the root directory. By giving a non-empty
|
|
|
|
name with -rr_reloc_dir, a directory in the root directory may get this role.
|
|
|
|
If that directory does not already exist at -commit time, then it will get
|
|
|
|
created and marked for Rock Ridge as relocation artefact. At least on
|
|
|
|
GNU/Linux it will not be displayed in mounted Rock Ridge images.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
The name must not contain a '/' character and must not be longer than
|
|
|
|
255 bytes.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -volid text
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -volid sets volume id
|
|
|
|
@cindex Image, set volume id, -volid
|
2012-11-05 10:11:02 +00:00
|
|
|
Specify the volume ID, which most operating systems will consider to be
|
|
|
|
the volume name of the image or medium.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-11-05 09:37:47 +00:00
|
|
|
@command{xorriso} accepts any text up to 32 characters,
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
but according to rarely obeyed specs stricter rules apply:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-11-05 09:37:47 +00:00
|
|
|
ECMA-119 demands ASCII characters out of [A-Z0-9_]. Like:
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-11-05 09:37:47 +00:00
|
|
|
"IMAGE_23"
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-11-05 09:37:47 +00:00
|
|
|
Joliet allows 16 UCS-2 characters. Like:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"Windows name"
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Be aware that the volume id might get used automatically as the name of the
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
mount point when the medium is inserted into a playful computer system.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
If an ISO image gets loaded while the volume ID is set to default "ISOIMAGE"
|
|
|
|
or to "", then the volume ID of the loaded image will become the effective
|
|
|
|
volume id for the next write run. But as soon as command -volid is performed
|
2012-11-05 09:37:47 +00:00
|
|
|
afterwards, this pending ID is overridden by the new setting.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Consider this when setting -volid "ISOIMAGE" before executing -dev, -indev,
|
|
|
|
or -rollback.
|
|
|
|
If you insist in -volid "ISOIMAGE", set it again after those commands.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -volset_id text
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -volset_id sets volume set id
|
|
|
|
@cindex Image, set volume set id, -volset_id
|
2012-11-05 09:37:47 +00:00
|
|
|
Set the volume set ID string to be written with the next -commit.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Permissible are up to 128 characters. This setting gets overridden by
|
|
|
|
image loading.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -publisher text
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -publisher sets publisher id
|
|
|
|
@cindex Image, set publisher id, -publisher
|
2012-11-05 09:37:47 +00:00
|
|
|
Set the publisher ID string to be written with the next -commit. This may
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
identify the person or organisation who specified what shall be recorded.
|
|
|
|
Permissible are up to 128 characters. This setting gets overridden by
|
|
|
|
image loading.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -application_id text
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -application_id sets application id
|
|
|
|
@cindex Image, set application id, -application_id
|
2012-11-05 09:37:47 +00:00
|
|
|
Set the application ID string to be written with the next -commit. This may
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
identify the specification of how the data are recorded.
|
|
|
|
Permissible are up to 128 characters. This setting gets overridden by
|
|
|
|
image loading.
|
2010-07-30 15:52:09 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-11-05 09:37:47 +00:00
|
|
|
The special text "@@xorriso@@" gets converted to the ID string of
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
@command{xorriso}
|
2010-07-30 15:52:09 +00:00
|
|
|
which is normally written as -preparer_id. It is a wrong tradition to write
|
2012-11-05 09:37:47 +00:00
|
|
|
the program ID as -application_id.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -system_id text
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -system_id sets system id
|
|
|
|
@cindex Image, set system id, -system_id
|
2012-11-05 09:37:47 +00:00
|
|
|
Set the system ID string to be written with the next -commit. This may
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
identify the system which can recognize and act upon the content of the
|
|
|
|
System Area in image blocks 0 to 15.
|
|
|
|
Permissible are up to 32 characters. This setting gets overridden by
|
|
|
|
image loading.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
2010-04-07 20:27:05 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -volume_date type timestring
|
|
|
|
@kindex -volume_date sets volume timestamp
|
|
|
|
@cindex Image, set volume timestamp, -volume_date
|
|
|
|
Set one of the four overall timestamps for subsequent image writing.
|
|
|
|
Available types are:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"c" time when the volume was created.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"m" time when volume was last modified.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"x" time when the information in the volume expires.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"f" time since when the volume is effectively valid.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-04-18 09:59:08 +00:00
|
|
|
"uuid" sets a timestring that overrides "c" and "m" times literally.
|
2010-04-07 20:27:05 +00:00
|
|
|
It must consist of 16 decimal digits which form YYYYMMDDhhmmsscc, with
|
2010-04-08 18:58:56 +00:00
|
|
|
YYYY between 1970 and 2999. Time zone is GMT.
|
2010-04-07 20:27:05 +00:00
|
|
|
It is supposed to match this GRUB line:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-09-10 17:13:00 +00:00
|
|
|
search @minus{}@minus{}fs-uuid @minus{}@minus{}set YYYY-MM-DD-hh-mm-ss-cc
|
2010-04-07 20:27:05 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
E.g. 2010040711405800 is 7 Apr 2010 11:40:58 (+0 centiseconds).
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
Timestrings for the other types may be given as with command -alter_date.
|
2013-03-12 19:49:07 +00:00
|
|
|
Some of them are prone to timezone computations. The timestrings "default" or
|
2010-04-07 20:27:05 +00:00
|
|
|
"overridden" cause default settings: "c" and "m" will show the current time
|
|
|
|
of image creation. "x" and "f" will be marked as insignificant.
|
|
|
|
"uuid" will be deactivated.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
2010-06-26 11:40:36 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -copyright_file text
|
|
|
|
@kindex -copyright_file sets copyright file name
|
|
|
|
@cindex Image, set copyright file name, -copyright_file
|
|
|
|
Set the copyright file name to be written with the next -commit. This should
|
|
|
|
be the ISO 9660 path of a file in the image which contains a copyright
|
|
|
|
statement.
|
|
|
|
Permissible are up to 37 characters. This setting gets overridden by
|
|
|
|
image loading.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -abstract_file text
|
|
|
|
@kindex -abstract_file sets abstract file name
|
|
|
|
@cindex Image, set abstract file name, -abstract_file
|
|
|
|
Set the abstract file name to be written with the next -commit. This should
|
|
|
|
be the ISO 9660 path of a file in the image which contains an abstract
|
|
|
|
statement about the image content.
|
|
|
|
Permissible are up to 37 characters. This setting gets overridden by
|
|
|
|
image loading.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -biblio_file text
|
|
|
|
@kindex -biblio_file sets biblio file name
|
|
|
|
@cindex Image, set biblio file name, -biblio_file
|
|
|
|
Set the biblio file name to be written with the next -commit. This should
|
|
|
|
be the ISO 9660 path of a file in the image which contains bibliographic
|
|
|
|
records.
|
|
|
|
Permissible are up to 37 characters. This setting gets overridden by
|
|
|
|
image loading.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
2010-07-30 15:52:09 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -preparer_id
|
|
|
|
@kindex -preparer_id sets preparer id
|
|
|
|
@cindex Image, set preparer id, -preparer_id
|
2012-11-05 09:37:47 +00:00
|
|
|
Set the preparer ID string to be written with the next -commit. This may
|
2010-07-30 15:52:09 +00:00
|
|
|
identify the person or other entity which controls the preparation of the data
|
2012-11-05 09:37:47 +00:00
|
|
|
which shall be recorded. Normally this should be the ID of @command{xorriso}
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
and not of the person or program which operates @command{xorriso}.
|
|
|
|
Please avoid to change it. Permissible are up to 128 characters.
|
2010-07-30 15:52:09 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-11-05 09:37:47 +00:00
|
|
|
The special text "@@xorriso@@" gets converted to the ID string of
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
@command{xorriso} which is default at program startup.
|
2010-07-30 15:52:09 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-11-05 09:37:47 +00:00
|
|
|
Unlike other ID strings, this setting is not influenced by image loading.
|
2010-07-30 15:52:09 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
2013-08-04 10:21:14 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -application_use character|0xXY|disk_path
|
|
|
|
@kindex -application_use sets application use field
|
|
|
|
@cindex Image, set application iuse field, -application_use
|
|
|
|
Specify the content of the Application Use field which can take at most
|
|
|
|
512 bytes.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
If the parameter of this command is empty, then the field is filled
|
|
|
|
with 512 0-bytes. If it is a single character, then it gets repeated 512 times.
|
|
|
|
If it begins by "0x" followed by two hex digits [0-9a-fA-F], then the digits
|
|
|
|
are read as byte value which gets repeated 512 times.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Any other parameter text is used as disk_path to open a data file and to
|
|
|
|
read up to 512 bytes from it. If the file is smaller than 512 bytes, then the
|
|
|
|
remaining bytes in the field get set to binary 0.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
This setting is not influenced by image loading.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -out_charset character_set_name
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -out_charset sets output character set
|
|
|
|
@cindex Character Set, for output, -out_charset
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Set the character set to which file names get converted when writing an
|
|
|
|
image. See paragraph "Character sets" for more explanations.
|
|
|
|
When loading the written image after -commit the setting of -out_charset
|
|
|
|
will be copied to -in_charset.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -uid uid
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -uid sets global ownership
|
|
|
|
@cindex Ownership, global in ISO image, -uid
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
User id to be used for all files when the new ISO tree gets written to media.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -gid gid
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -gid sets global ownership
|
|
|
|
@cindex Group, global in ISO image, -gid
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Group id to be used for all files when the new ISO tree gets written to media.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -zisofs option[:options]
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -zisofs controls zisofs production
|
|
|
|
@cindex Filter, zisofs parameters, -zisofs
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Set global parameters for zisofs compression. This data format is recognized
|
|
|
|
and transparently uncompressed by some Linux kernels. It is to be applied
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
via command -set_filter with built-in filter "@minus{}@minus{}zisofs".
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Parameters are:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"level="[0-9] zlib compression: 0=none, 1=fast,..., 9=slow
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"block_size="32k|64k|128k size of compression blocks
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"by_magic=on" enables an expensive test at image generation time which checks
|
|
|
|
files from disk whether they already are zisofs compressed, e.g. by program
|
|
|
|
mkzftree.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"default" same as "level=6:block_size=32k:by_magic=off"
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
2013-10-08 17:58:09 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -speed code|number[k|m|c|d|b]
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -speed set write speed
|
|
|
|
@cindex Write, set speed, -speed
|
2013-10-08 17:58:09 +00:00
|
|
|
Set the burn speed. Default is "max" (or "0") = maximum speed as announced
|
|
|
|
by the drive.
|
|
|
|
Further special speed codes are:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"min" (or "-1") selects minimum speed as announced by the drive.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"none" avoids to send a speed setting command to the drive before
|
|
|
|
burning begins.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Speed can be given in media dependent numbers or as a
|
|
|
|
desired throughput per second in MMC compliant kB (= 1000)
|
|
|
|
or MB (= 1000 kB). Media x-speed factor can be set explicity
|
|
|
|
by "c" for CD, "d" for DVD, "b" for BD, "x" is optional.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Example speeds:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
706k = 706kB/s = 4c = 4xCD
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
5540k = 5540kB/s = 4d = 4xDVD
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
If there is no hint about the speed unit attached, then the
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
medium in the -outdev will decide. Default unit is CD = 176.4k.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
MMC drives usually activate their own idea of speed and take
|
|
|
|
the speed value given by the burn program only as upper limit
|
|
|
|
for their own decision.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -stream_recording "on"|"off"|"full"|"data"|number
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -stream_recording controls defect management
|
|
|
|
@cindex Write, defect management, -stream_recording
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Setting "on" tries to circumvent the management of defects on DVD-RAM, BD-RE,
|
|
|
|
or BD-R. Defect management keeps partly damaged media usable. But it reduces
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
write speed to half nominal speed even if the medium is in perfect shape.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
For the case of flawless media, one may use -stream_recording "on" to get
|
|
|
|
full speed.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"full" tries full speed with all write operations, whereas "on" does this
|
|
|
|
only above byte address 32s. One may give a number of at least 16s
|
|
|
|
in order to set an own address limit.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"data" causes full speed to start when superblock and directory entries are
|
|
|
|
written and writing of file content blocks begins.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -dvd_obs "default"|"32k"|"64k"
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -dvd_obs set write block size
|
|
|
|
@cindex Write, block size, -dvd_obs
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
GNU/Linux specific:
|
|
|
|
Set the number of bytes to be transmitted with each write operation to DVD
|
|
|
|
or BD media. A number of 64 KB may improve throughput with bus systems which
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
show latency problems. The default depends on media type, on command
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
-stream_recording , and on compile time options.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -stdio_sync "on"|"off"|number
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -stdio_sync controls stdio buffer
|
|
|
|
@cindex Write, buffer syncing, -stdio_sync
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Set the number of bytes after which to force output to stdio: pseudo drives.
|
|
|
|
This forcing keeps the memory from being clogged with lots of
|
|
|
|
pending data for slow devices. Default "on" is the same as "16m".
|
|
|
|
Forced output can be disabled by "off".
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -dummy "on"|"off"
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -dummy controls write simulation
|
|
|
|
@cindex Write, simulation, -dummy
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
If "on" then simulate burning or refuse with FAILURE event if
|
|
|
|
no simulation is possible, do neither blank nor format.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -fs number["k"|"m"]
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -fs sets size of fifo
|
|
|
|
@cindex Write, fifo size, -fs
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Set the size of the fifo buffer which smoothens the data
|
|
|
|
stream from ISO image generation to media burning. Default
|
|
|
|
is 4 MiB, minimum 64 kiB, maximum 1 GiB.
|
|
|
|
The number may be followed by letter "k" or "m"
|
|
|
|
which means unit is kiB (= 1024) or MiB (= 1024 kiB).
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
2013-10-20 12:56:01 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -close "on"|"off"|"as_needed"
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -close controls media closing
|
|
|
|
@cindex Write, close media, -close
|
2013-10-20 12:56:01 +00:00
|
|
|
If -close is set to "on" then mark the written medium as not appendable
|
|
|
|
any more. This will have no effect on overwritable media types.
|
|
|
|
Setting "on" is the contrary of cdrecord option -multi,
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
and is one aspect of growisofs option -dvd-compat.
|
2013-10-20 12:56:01 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
If set to "off" then keep the medium writable for an appended session.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
If set to "as_needed" then use "on" only if "off" is predicted to
|
2013-10-28 15:10:35 +00:00
|
|
|
fail with the given medium and its state.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Not all drives correctly recognize fast-blanked DVD-RW which need "on".
|
|
|
|
If there is well founded suspicion that a burn run failed due to
|
|
|
|
-close "off", then -close "as_needed" causes a re-try with "on".
|
2013-10-20 12:56:01 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Note that emulation command -as "cdrecord" temporarily overrides
|
|
|
|
the current setting of -close by its own default -close "on" if
|
|
|
|
its option -multi is missing.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
2012-07-08 13:47:36 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -write_type "auto"|"tao"|"sao/dao"
|
|
|
|
@kindex -write_type chooses TAO or SAO/DAO
|
|
|
|
@cindex Write, TAO or SAO/DAO, -write_type
|
|
|
|
Set the write type for the next burn run. "auto" will select SAO with blank
|
2012-10-24 09:59:13 +00:00
|
|
|
CD media, DAO with blank DVD-R[W] if -close is "on", and elsewise CD TAO or the
|
2012-07-08 13:47:36 +00:00
|
|
|
equivalent write type of the particular DVD/BD media.
|
|
|
|
Choosing TAO or SAO/DAO explicitely might cause the burn run to fail if the
|
|
|
|
desired write type is not possible with the given media state.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
2011-03-02 09:45:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -padding number["k"|"m"]|"included"|"appended"
|
|
|
|
@kindex -padding sets amount or mode of image padding
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex Write, padding image, -padding
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Append the given number of extra bytes to the image stream.
|
|
|
|
This is a traditional remedy for a traditional bug in block
|
|
|
|
device read drivers. Needed only for CD recordings in TAO mode.
|
|
|
|
Since one can hardly predict on what media an image might end up,
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
@command{xorriso} adds the traditional 300k of padding by default to
|
|
|
|
all images.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
For images which will never get to a CD it is safe to use -padding 0 .
|
2011-03-02 09:45:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Normally padding is not written as part of the ISO image but appended
|
|
|
|
after the image end. This is -padding mode "appended".
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Emulation command -as "mkisofs" and command -jigdo cause padding to be
|
|
|
|
written as part of the image.
|
|
|
|
The same effect is achieved by -padding mode "included".
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
2010-10-18 21:22:23 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .B Bootable ISO images:
|
2012-11-05 09:37:47 +00:00
|
|
|
@node Bootable, Jigdo, SetWrite, Commands
|
2010-10-18 21:22:23 +00:00
|
|
|
@section Bootable ISO images
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .PP
|
|
|
|
Contrary to published specifications many BIOSes will load an El Torito
|
2010-04-26 12:11:59 +00:00
|
|
|
record from the first session on media and not from the last one, which
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
gets mounted by default. This makes no problems with overwriteable media,
|
|
|
|
because they appear to inadverted readers as one single session.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
But with multi-session media CD-R[W], DVD-R[W], DVD+R, it implies that the
|
|
|
|
whole bootable system has to reside already in the first session and that
|
|
|
|
the last session still has to bear all files which the booted system expects
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
after mounting the ISO image.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-04-06 15:18:59 +00:00
|
|
|
If a boot image from ISOLINUX or GRUB is known to be present on media then
|
|
|
|
it is advised to patch it
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
when a follow-up session gets written. But one should not rely on the
|
|
|
|
capability to influence the bootability of the existing sessions, unless one
|
|
|
|
can assume overwriteable media.
|
2010-10-18 21:22:23 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
There are booting mechanisms which do not use an El Torito record but rather
|
|
|
|
start at the first bytes of the image: PC-BIOS MBR for hard-disk-like devices,
|
2010-11-05 15:19:25 +00:00
|
|
|
MIPS Volume Header for old SGI computers, DEC Boot Block for old DECstation,
|
2014-03-03 20:28:36 +00:00
|
|
|
SUN Disk Label for SPARC machines.
|
2010-10-18 21:22:23 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
The boot firmware EFI may use programs which are located in a FAT filesystem
|
|
|
|
and announced by an MBR partition table entry.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@table @asis
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
2010-04-06 15:18:59 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -boot_image "any"|"isolinux"|"grub"
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -boot_image controls bootability
|
|
|
|
@cindex Write, bootability, -boot_image
|
|
|
|
@cindex Bootability, control, -boot_image
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-04-26 12:11:59 +00:00
|
|
|
"discard"|"keep"|"patch"|"show_status"|bootspec|"next"
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-04-06 15:18:59 +00:00
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
Define the handling of a set of El Torito boot images which
|
2010-04-26 12:11:59 +00:00
|
|
|
has been read from an existing ISO image or define how to make a prepared
|
2010-04-06 15:18:59 +00:00
|
|
|
boot image file set bootable. Such file sets get produced by ISOLINUX or GRUB.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-02-24 20:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
Each -boot_image command has two parameters: type and setting. More than one
|
2010-04-26 12:11:59 +00:00
|
|
|
-boot_image command may be used to define the handling of one or more boot
|
|
|
|
images. Sequence matters.
|
2010-04-06 15:18:59 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-04-26 17:56:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Types @strong{isolinux} and @strong{grub} care for known peculiarities.
|
|
|
|
Type @strong{any} makes
|
2010-04-26 12:11:59 +00:00
|
|
|
no assumptions about the origin of the boot images.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
|
2010-04-06 15:18:59 +00:00
|
|
|
El Torito boot images of any type can be newly inserted, or discarded,
|
|
|
|
or patched, or kept unaltered.
|
2010-04-26 12:11:59 +00:00
|
|
|
Whether to patch or to keep depends on whether
|
|
|
|
the boot images contain boot info tables.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-04-26 12:11:59 +00:00
|
|
|
A boot info table needs to be patched when the boot image gets newly
|
|
|
|
introduced into the ISO image or if an existing image gets relocated.
|
|
|
|
This is automatically done if type "isolinux" or "grub"
|
2010-04-06 15:18:59 +00:00
|
|
|
is given, but not with "any".
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-04-29 13:33:34 +00:00
|
|
|
If patching is enabled, then boot images from previous sessions will
|
|
|
|
be checked whether they seem to bear a boot info table. If not,
|
|
|
|
then they stay unpatched. This check is not infallible. So if
|
|
|
|
you do know that the images need no patching, use "any" "keep".
|
|
|
|
"grub" "patch" will not patch EFI images (platform_id=0xef).
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-04-29 13:33:34 +00:00
|
|
|
Most safe is the default: -boot_image "any" "discard".
|
2010-04-26 12:11:59 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-04-29 13:33:34 +00:00
|
|
|
Advised for GRUB : -boot_image "grub" "patch"
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-04-29 13:33:34 +00:00
|
|
|
For ISOLINUX : -boot_image "isolinux" "patch"
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@strong{show_status} will print what is known about the loaded boot images
|
|
|
|
and their designated fate.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
|
2012-06-06 18:48:26 +00:00
|
|
|
A @strong{bootspec} is a word of the form name=value. It is used to describe
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
the parameters of a boot image by an El Torito record or a MBR.
|
2010-04-26 12:11:59 +00:00
|
|
|
The names "dir", "bin_path", "efi_path" lead to El Torito bootable images.
|
|
|
|
Name "system_area" activates a given file as MBR.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
On all media types this is possible within the first session. In further
|
|
|
|
sessions an existing boot image can get replaced by a new one, but depending
|
|
|
|
on the media type this may have few effect at boot time. See above.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-04-06 15:18:59 +00:00
|
|
|
The boot image and its supporting files have to be added to the ISO image by
|
|
|
|
normal means (image loading, -map, -add, ...). In case of ISOLINUX the files
|
|
|
|
should reside either in ISO image directory /isolinux or in /boot/isolinux .
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
In that case it suffices to use as bootspec the text "dir=/isolinux" or
|
|
|
|
"dir=/boot/isolinux". E.g.:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-boot_image isolinux dir=/boot/isolinux
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
which bundles these individual settings:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-boot_image isolinux bin_path=/boot/isolinux/isolinux.bin
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-boot_image isolinux cat_path=/boot/isolinux/boot.cat
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-boot_image isolinux load_size=2048
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-04-06 15:18:59 +00:00
|
|
|
-boot_image any boot_info_table=on
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
An El Torito boot catalog file gets inserted into the ISO image with address
|
2010-04-26 17:56:06 +00:00
|
|
|
@strong{cat_path=} at -commit time.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
It is subject to normal -overwrite and -reassure processing if there is already
|
|
|
|
a file with the same name.
|
2010-04-26 12:11:59 +00:00
|
|
|
The catalog lists the boot images and is read by the boot facility to choose
|
2010-06-19 15:21:36 +00:00
|
|
|
one of the boot images. But it is not necessary that it appears in the
|
|
|
|
directory tree at all. One may hide it in all trees by @strong{cat_hidden=on}.
|
2012-06-06 18:48:26 +00:00
|
|
|
Other possible values are "iso_rr", "joliet", "hfsplus", and the default "off".
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-08-18 18:17:14 +00:00
|
|
|
@strong{bin_path=} depicts a boot image file, a binary program which is to be
|
|
|
|
started by the hardware boot facility (e.g. the BIOS) at boot time.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@strong{efi_path=} depicts a boot image file that is ready for EFI booting.
|
|
|
|
Its load_size is determined automatically, no boot info table gets
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
written, no boot medium gets emulated, platform_id is 0xef.
|
2010-08-18 18:17:14 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@strong{emul_type=} can be one of "no_emulation", "hard_disk", "diskette".
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
It controls the boot medium emulation code of a boot image.
|
2010-08-18 18:17:14 +00:00
|
|
|
The default "no_emulation" is suitable for ISOLINUX, GRUB, FreeBSD cdboot.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-04-26 17:56:06 +00:00
|
|
|
@strong{load_size=} is a value which depends on the boot image.
|
|
|
|
Default 2048 should be overridden only if a better value is known.
|
2010-04-06 15:18:59 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2013-04-14 17:49:29 +00:00
|
|
|
@strong{boot_info_table=on} causes address patching to bytes 8 to 63
|
|
|
|
of the boot image which is given by "any" "bin_path=".
|
|
|
|
"boot_info_table=off" disables this patching.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@strong{grub2_boot_info=on} causes address patching to byte 2548
|
|
|
|
of the boot image which is given by "any" "bin_path=".
|
|
|
|
The address is written as 64 bit little-endian number. It is the
|
|
|
|
2KB block address of the boot image content, multiplied by 4,
|
|
|
|
and then incremented by 5.
|
|
|
|
"grub2_boot_info=off" disables this patching.
|
2010-04-06 15:18:59 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-04-26 17:56:06 +00:00
|
|
|
@strong{platform_id=} defines by two hex digits the Platform ID of the
|
|
|
|
boot image. "00" is 80x86 PC-BIOS, "01" is PowerPC, "02" is Mac, "ef" is EFI.
|
2010-04-26 12:11:59 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-04-26 17:56:06 +00:00
|
|
|
@strong{id_string=}text|56_hexdigits defines the ID string of the boot catalog
|
2010-04-26 12:11:59 +00:00
|
|
|
section where the boot image will be listed. If the value consists of 56
|
|
|
|
characters [0-9A-Fa-f] then it is converted into 28 bytes, else the first
|
|
|
|
28 characters become the ID string.
|
|
|
|
The ID string of the first boot image becomes the overall catalog ID.
|
|
|
|
It is limited to 24 characters. Other id_strings become section IDs.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-04-26 17:56:06 +00:00
|
|
|
@strong{sel_crit=}hexdigits defines the Selection Criteria of the boot image.
|
2010-04-26 12:11:59 +00:00
|
|
|
Up to 20 bytes get read from the given characters [0-9A-Fa-f].
|
|
|
|
They get attributed to the boot image entry in the catalog.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-04-29 13:33:34 +00:00
|
|
|
@strong{next} ends the definition of a boot image and starts a new one.
|
|
|
|
Any following -bootimage bootspecs will affect the new image.
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
The first "next" discards loaded boot images and their catalog.
|
2010-04-29 13:33:34 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-04-26 17:56:06 +00:00
|
|
|
@strong{discard} gives up an existing boot catalog and its boot images.
|
2010-04-06 15:18:59 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-04-26 17:56:06 +00:00
|
|
|
@strong{keep} keeps or copies boot images unaltered and writes a new catalog.
|
2010-04-06 15:18:59 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-04-29 13:33:34 +00:00
|
|
|
@strong{patch} applies patching to existing boot images
|
|
|
|
if they seem to bear a boot info table.
|
2010-04-06 15:18:59 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-03-14 15:26:49 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex System area, _definition
|
2010-04-18 15:46:12 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex MBR, set, -boot_image system_area=
|
2010-04-26 17:56:06 +00:00
|
|
|
@strong{system_area=}disk_path copies at most 32768 bytes from the given
|
|
|
|
disk file to the very start of the ISO image.
|
2010-04-06 15:18:59 +00:00
|
|
|
This System Area is reserved for system dependent boot software, e.g. an MBR
|
|
|
|
which can be used to boot from USB stick or hard disk.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Other than a El Torito boot image, the file disk_path needs not to be added
|
|
|
|
to the ISO image.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-04-10 18:02:10 +00:00
|
|
|
-boot_image isolinux system_area= implies "partition_table=on".
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2013-04-14 17:49:29 +00:00
|
|
|
@strong{grub2_mbr=}disk_path works like "any" system_area= with additional
|
|
|
|
patching for modern GRUB MBRs. The content start address of the first boot
|
|
|
|
image is converted to a count of 512 byte blocks, and an offset of 4 is added.
|
|
|
|
The result is written as 64 bit little-endian number to byte address 0x1b0.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-03-14 15:26:49 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex Partition table, _definition
|
2010-04-26 17:56:06 +00:00
|
|
|
@strong{partition_table=on} causes a simple partition table to be written
|
|
|
|
into bytes 446 to 511 of the System Area.
|
2010-04-10 18:02:10 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
With type "isolinux" it shows a partition that begins at byte 0 and it causes
|
2010-04-26 12:11:59 +00:00
|
|
|
the LBA of the first boot image to be written into the MBR. For the first
|
|
|
|
session this works only if also "system_area=" and "bin_path=" or "dir="
|
|
|
|
is given.
|
2010-04-10 18:02:10 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
With types "any" and "grub" it shows a single
|
2012-06-18 11:20:31 +00:00
|
|
|
partition which starts at byte 512 and ends where the ISO image ends.
|
2010-04-10 18:02:10 +00:00
|
|
|
This works with or without system_area= or boot image.
|
2010-04-06 15:18:59 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-06-18 11:20:31 +00:00
|
|
|
Bootspecs chrp_boot_part=, prep_boot_part=, and efi_boot_part= overwrite
|
|
|
|
this entry in the MBR partition table.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-04-18 15:46:12 +00:00
|
|
|
In follow-up sessions the existing System Area is preserved by default.
|
|
|
|
If types "isolinux" or "grub" are set to "patch", then "partition_table=on"
|
|
|
|
is activated without new boot image.
|
|
|
|
In this case the existing System Area gets checked whether it bears addresses
|
|
|
|
and sizes as if it had been processed by "partition_table=on". If so,
|
|
|
|
then those parameters get updated when the new System Area is written.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Special "system_area=/dev/zero" causes 32k of NUL-bytes.
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
Use this to discard an MBR which was loaded with the ISO image.
|
2010-04-18 15:46:12 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-06-18 11:20:31 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex CHRP partition, _definition
|
|
|
|
@strong{chrp_boot_part=on} causes a single partition in MBR which covers
|
|
|
|
the whole ISO image and has type 0x41. This is not compatible with any
|
|
|
|
other feature that produces MBR partition entries. It makes GPT unrecognizable.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@cindex PReP partition, _definition
|
|
|
|
@strong{prep_boot_part=} inserts the content of a data file into the image and
|
|
|
|
marks it by an MBR partition of type 0x96. The parts of the ISO image before
|
|
|
|
and after this partition will be covered by further MBR partitions.
|
|
|
|
The data file is supposed to contain ELF executable code.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@cindex EFI system partition, _definition
|
|
|
|
@strong{efi_boot_part=} inserts the content of a data file into the image and
|
|
|
|
marks it by a GPT partition. If not chrp_boot_part=on, then the first partition
|
|
|
|
in MBR will have type 0xee to announce the presence of GPT.
|
|
|
|
The data file is supposed to contain a FAT filesystem.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Instead of a disk_path, the word @minus{}@minus{}efi-boot-image may be given.
|
|
|
|
It exposes in GPT the content of the first El Torito EFI boot image as
|
|
|
|
EFI system partition. EFI boot images are introduced by bootspec efi_path=.
|
|
|
|
The affected EFI boot image cannot show up in HFS+ because it is stored
|
|
|
|
outside the HFS+ partition.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-03-14 15:26:49 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex Partition offset, _definition
|
2010-09-10 17:13:00 +00:00
|
|
|
@strong{partition_offset=}2kb_block_adr causes a partition table with a single
|
|
|
|
partition that begins at the given block address. This is counted in 2048 byte
|
2010-09-05 11:37:45 +00:00
|
|
|
blocks, not in 512 byte blocks. If the block address is non-zero then it must
|
2010-09-10 17:13:00 +00:00
|
|
|
be at least 16. A non-zero partition offset causes two superblocks to be
|
2010-09-05 11:37:45 +00:00
|
|
|
generated and two sets of directory trees. The image is then mountable from its
|
|
|
|
absolute start as well as from the partition start.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-09-10 17:13:00 +00:00
|
|
|
The offset value of an ISO image gets preserved when a new session is added.
|
|
|
|
So the value defined here is only in effect if a new ISO image gets written.
|
2010-09-05 11:37:45 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-03-14 15:26:49 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex Cylinder size, _definition
|
2011-03-02 09:45:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@strong{partition_hd_cyl=}number gives the number of heads per cylinder for
|
2011-03-05 17:42:25 +00:00
|
|
|
the partition table. 0 chooses a default value. Maximum is 255.
|
2010-09-05 11:37:45 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2011-03-02 09:45:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@strong{partition_sec_hd=}number gives the number of sectors per head for
|
2011-03-05 17:42:25 +00:00
|
|
|
the partition table. 0 chooses a default value. Maximum is 63.
|
2010-09-05 11:37:45 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2011-03-04 10:46:40 +00:00
|
|
|
The product partition_sec_hd * partition_hd_cyl * 512 is the cylinder size.
|
|
|
|
It should be divisible by 2048 in order to allow exact alignment.
|
|
|
|
If it is too small to describe the image size by at most 1024 cylinders,
|
|
|
|
then appropriate values of partition_hd_cyl are chosen with
|
|
|
|
partition_sec_hd 32 or 63. If the image is larger than 8,422,686,720 bytes,
|
|
|
|
then the cylinder size constraints cannot be fulfilled.
|
2011-03-02 09:45:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-03-14 15:26:49 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex Cylinder alignment, _definition
|
2011-03-03 18:20:12 +00:00
|
|
|
@strong{partition_cyl_align=}mode controls image size alignment to an integer
|
|
|
|
number of cylinders. It is prescribed by isohybrid specs and it seems to
|
2011-03-04 10:46:40 +00:00
|
|
|
please program fdisk. Cylinder size must be divisible by 2048.
|
|
|
|
Images larger than 8,323,596,288 bytes cannot be aligned.
|
2011-03-03 18:20:12 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Mode "auto" is default. Alignment by padding happens only with
|
|
|
|
"isolinux" "partition_table=on".
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Mode "on" causes alignment by padding with "partition_table=on" for any type.
|
2012-09-21 12:03:32 +00:00
|
|
|
Mode "all" is like "on" but also pads up partitions from -append_partition
|
|
|
|
to an aligned size.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2011-03-03 18:20:12 +00:00
|
|
|
Mode "off" disables alignment for any type.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-10-13 17:07:05 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex MIPS boot file, activation
|
|
|
|
@strong{mips_path=}iso_rr_path declares a data file in the image to be a
|
2010-11-05 15:19:25 +00:00
|
|
|
MIPS Big Endian boot file and causes production of a MIPS Big Endian Volume
|
|
|
|
Header. This is mutually exclusive with production of other boot blocks
|
|
|
|
like MBR.
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
It will overwrite the first 512 bytes of any data provided by system_area=.
|
2010-10-13 17:07:05 +00:00
|
|
|
Up to 15 boot files can be declared by mips_path=.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-10-15 11:21:30 +00:00
|
|
|
@strong{mipsel_path=}iso_rr_path declares a data file in the image to be the
|
2010-11-05 15:19:25 +00:00
|
|
|
MIPS Little Endian boot file. This is mutually exclusive with other boot
|
|
|
|
blocks.
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
It will overwrite the first 512 bytes of any data provided by system_area=.
|
2010-10-15 11:21:30 +00:00
|
|
|
Only a single boot file can be declared by mipsel_path=.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-11-05 15:19:25 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex SUN Disk Label, production
|
|
|
|
@strong{sparc_label=}text causes the production of a SUN Disk Label with the
|
|
|
|
given text as ASCII label. This boot block format allows to append images
|
|
|
|
for partitions 2 to 8. Partition 1 will always be the ISO image.
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
See command -append_partition.
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
The first 512 bytes of any data provided by system_area= will be overwritten.
|
2010-11-05 15:19:25 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2013-04-14 17:49:29 +00:00
|
|
|
@strong{grub2_sparc_core=}iso_rr_path causes the content address and size
|
|
|
|
of the given file to be written after the SUN Disk Label. Both numbers are
|
|
|
|
counted in bytes. The address is written as 64 bit big-endian number to
|
|
|
|
byte 0x228. The size is written as 32 bit big-endian number to byte 0x230.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2014-03-03 20:28:36 +00:00
|
|
|
@strong{mips_discard} and @strong{sparc_discard}
|
|
|
|
revoke any boot file declarations made for mips or mipsel resp. sparc.
|
|
|
|
This removes the ban on production of other boot blocks.
|
2010-10-13 17:07:05 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-06-06 18:48:26 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex HFS+ serial number
|
|
|
|
@strong{hfsplus_serial=}hexstring sets a string of 16 digits "0" to "9"
|
|
|
|
and letters "a" to "f", which will be used as unique serial number of
|
|
|
|
an emerging HFS+ filesystem.
|
2012-06-27 18:48:16 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@cindex HFS+ allocation block size
|
|
|
|
@strong{hfsplus_block_size=}number sets the allocation block size to
|
|
|
|
be used when producing HFS+ filesystems. Permissible are 512, 2048, or 0.
|
|
|
|
The latter lets the program decide.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@cindex APM block size
|
|
|
|
@strong{apm_block_size=}number sets the block size to be used when
|
|
|
|
describing partitions by an Apple Partition Map. Permissible are 512, 2048,
|
|
|
|
or 0. The latter lets the program decide.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Note that size 512 is not compatible with production of GPT, and that
|
|
|
|
size 2048 will not be mountable -t hfsplus at least by older Linux kernels.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@end table
|
2010-10-18 21:22:23 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@table @asis
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -append_partition partition_number type_code disk_path
|
|
|
|
@kindex -append_partition adds arbitrary file after image end
|
|
|
|
@cindex Appended Filesystem Image, -append_partition
|
|
|
|
Cause a prepared filesystem image to be appended to the ISO image and to be
|
2010-11-05 15:19:25 +00:00
|
|
|
described by a partition table entry in a boot block at the start of the
|
|
|
|
emerging ISO image. The partition entry will bear the size of the submitted
|
2012-09-21 12:03:32 +00:00
|
|
|
file rounded up to the next multiple of 2048 bytes or to the next multiple
|
|
|
|
of the cylinder size.
|
2010-10-18 21:22:23 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Beware of subsequent multi-session runs. The appended partition will get
|
|
|
|
overwritten.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-11-05 15:19:25 +00:00
|
|
|
Partitions may be appended with boot block type MBR and with SUN Disk Label.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
With MBR:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-10-18 21:22:23 +00:00
|
|
|
partition_number may be 1 to 4. Number 1 will put the whole ISO image into
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
the unclaimed space before partition 1. So together with most @command{xorriso}
|
|
|
|
MBR features, number 2 would be the most natural choice.
|
2010-10-18 21:22:23 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
The type_code may be "FAT12", "FAT16", "Linux",
|
|
|
|
or a hexadecimal number between 0x00 and 0xff. Not all those numbers will
|
|
|
|
yield usable results. For a list of codes search the Internet for
|
|
|
|
"Partition Types" or run fdisk command "L".
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
The disk_path must provide the necessary data bytes at commit time.
|
|
|
|
An empty disk_path disables this feature for the given partition number.
|
2010-11-05 15:19:25 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@cindex SUN SPARC boot images, activation
|
|
|
|
With SUN Disk Label (selected by -boot_image any sparc_label=):
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
partition_number may be 2 to 8. Number 1 will always be the ISO image.
|
|
|
|
Partition start addresses are aligned to 320 KiB. The type_code does not
|
|
|
|
matter. Submit 0x0.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Partition image name "." causes the partition to become a copy of the next
|
|
|
|
lower valid one.
|
2010-10-18 21:22:23 +00:00
|
|
|
@end table
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
2010-09-29 15:28:57 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .B Jigdo Template Extraction:
|
2012-11-05 09:37:47 +00:00
|
|
|
@node Jigdo, Charset, Bootable, Commands
|
2010-09-29 15:28:57 +00:00
|
|
|
@section Jigdo Template Extraction
|
|
|
|
@c man .PP
|
|
|
|
@cindex Jigdo Template Extraction, _definition
|
|
|
|
From man genisoimage:
|
|
|
|
"Jigdo is a tool to help in the distribution of large files like CD and
|
|
|
|
DVD images; see http://atterer.net/jigdo/ for more details. Debian CDs
|
|
|
|
and DVD ISO images are published on the web in jigdo format to allow
|
|
|
|
end users to download them more efficiently."
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
@command{xorriso} can produce a .jigdo and a .template file together with a
|
2010-09-29 15:28:57 +00:00
|
|
|
single-session ISO image.
|
2010-10-07 17:53:54 +00:00
|
|
|
The .jigdo file contains checksums and symbolic file addresses.
|
2010-09-29 15:28:57 +00:00
|
|
|
The .template file contains the compressed ISO image with reference tags
|
|
|
|
instead of the content bytes of the listed files.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
Input for this process are the normal arguments for a @command{xorriso} session
|
2010-10-07 17:53:54 +00:00
|
|
|
on a blank -outdev, and a .md5 file which lists those data files which may be
|
2010-09-29 15:28:57 +00:00
|
|
|
listed in the .jigdo file and externally referenced in the .template file.
|
2010-10-07 17:53:54 +00:00
|
|
|
Each designated file is represented in the .md5 file by a single text line:
|
2010-09-29 15:28:57 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
MD5 as 32 hex digits, 2 blanks, size as 12 decimal digits or blanks, 2 blanks,
|
2010-10-07 17:53:54 +00:00
|
|
|
symbolic file address
|
2010-10-03 17:15:08 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
The file address in an .md5 line has to bear the same basename as the
|
2010-10-07 17:53:54 +00:00
|
|
|
disk_path of the file which it shall match. The directory path of
|
2010-10-03 17:15:08 +00:00
|
|
|
the file address is decisive for To=From mapping, not for file recognition.
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
After To=From mapping, the file address gets written into the .jigdo
|
2010-10-07 17:53:54 +00:00
|
|
|
file. Jigdo restore tools will convert these addresses into really
|
|
|
|
reachable data source addresses from which they can read.
|
2010-09-29 15:28:57 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
If the list of jigdo parameters is not empty, then @command{xorriso} will
|
|
|
|
refuse to
|
2010-10-02 21:03:29 +00:00
|
|
|
write to non-blank targets, it will disable multi-session emulation, and
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
padding will be counted as part of the ISO image.
|
2010-09-29 15:28:57 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@table @asis
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -jigdo parameter_name value
|
2011-02-19 11:25:33 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -jigdo clears JTE or or adds parameter to JTE
|
2010-09-29 15:28:57 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex Jigdo Template Extraction, -jigdo
|
|
|
|
Clear Jigdo Template Extraction parameter list or add a parameter to that list.
|
|
|
|
The alias names are the corresponding genisoimage options. They are accepted
|
|
|
|
as parameter names as well. Especially they are recognized by the -as mkisofs
|
|
|
|
emulation command.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Parameter @strong{clear} with any value empties the whole list.
|
|
|
|
No .jigdo and .template file will be produced.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@strong{template_path} sets the disk_path for the .template file with the
|
|
|
|
holed and compressed ISO image copy.
|
2010-10-03 17:15:08 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-09-29 15:28:57 +00:00
|
|
|
Alias: -jigdo-template
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@strong{jigdo_path} sets the disk_path for the .jigdo file with the checksums
|
|
|
|
and download addresses for filling the holes in .template.
|
2010-10-03 17:15:08 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-09-29 15:28:57 +00:00
|
|
|
Alias: -jigdo-jigdo
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@strong{md5_path} sets the disk_path where to find the .md5 input file.
|
2010-10-03 17:15:08 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-09-29 15:28:57 +00:00
|
|
|
Alias: -md5-list
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@strong{min_size} sets the minimum size for a data file to be listed
|
|
|
|
in the .jigdo file and being a hole in the .template file.
|
2010-10-03 17:15:08 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-09-29 15:28:57 +00:00
|
|
|
Alias: -jigdo-min-file-size
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@strong{exclude} adds a regular expression pattern which will get compared
|
|
|
|
with the absolute disk_path of any data file. A match causes the file to
|
|
|
|
stay in .template in any case.
|
2010-10-03 17:15:08 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-09-29 15:28:57 +00:00
|
|
|
Alias: -jigdo-exclude
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@strong{demand_md5} adds a regular expression pattern which will get compared
|
|
|
|
with the absolute disk_path of any data file that was not found in the .md5
|
2010-10-07 17:53:54 +00:00
|
|
|
list. A match causes a MISHAP event.
|
2010-10-03 17:15:08 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-09-29 15:28:57 +00:00
|
|
|
Alias: -jigdo-force-md5
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@strong{mapping} adds a string pair of the form To=From to the parameter list.
|
2010-10-03 17:15:08 +00:00
|
|
|
If a data file gets listed in the .jigdo file, then it is referred by the
|
|
|
|
file address from its line in the .md5 file. This file address gets checked
|
|
|
|
whether it begins with the From string. If so, then this string will be
|
|
|
|
replaced by the To string and a ':' character, before it goes into the .jigdo
|
|
|
|
file. The From string should end by a '/' character.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-09-29 15:28:57 +00:00
|
|
|
Alias: -jigdo-map
|
2010-10-02 12:12:13 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@strong{compression} chooses one of "bzip2" or "gzip" for the compression of
|
|
|
|
the template file. The jigdo file is put out uncompressed.
|
2010-10-03 17:15:08 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-10-02 12:12:13 +00:00
|
|
|
Alias: -jigdo-template-compress
|
2010-10-03 08:23:32 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@strong{checksum_iso} chooses one or more of "md5", "sha1", "sha256", "sha512"
|
|
|
|
for the auxiliary "# Image Hex" checksums in the jigdo file. The value may e.g.
|
|
|
|
look like "md5,sha1,sha512". Value "all" chooses all available algorithms.
|
|
|
|
Note that MD5 stays always enabled.
|
2010-10-03 17:15:08 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-10-03 08:23:32 +00:00
|
|
|
Alias: -checksum_algorithm_iso
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@strong{checksum_template} is like checksum_iso but for "# Template Hex".
|
2010-10-03 17:15:08 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-10-03 08:23:32 +00:00
|
|
|
Alias: -checksum_algorithm_template
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
2010-09-29 15:28:57 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .B Character sets:
|
2012-11-05 09:37:47 +00:00
|
|
|
@node Charset, Exception, Jigdo, Commands
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@section Character sets
|
|
|
|
@c man .PP
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex Character Set, _definition
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
File names are strings of non-zero bytes with 8 bit each. Unfortunately
|
|
|
|
the same byte string may appear as different peculiar national characters
|
|
|
|
on differently nationalized terminals.
|
|
|
|
The meanings of byte codes are defined in @strong{character sets} which have
|
|
|
|
names. Shell command iconv -l lists them.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2014-01-02 13:58:58 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex Local Character Set, _definition
|
|
|
|
The file names on hard disk are assumed to be encoded by the
|
|
|
|
@strong{local character set} which is also used for the communication
|
|
|
|
with the user.
|
|
|
|
Byte codes 32 to 126 of the local character set must match the US-ASCII
|
|
|
|
characters of the same code. ISO-8859 and UTF-8 fulfill this demand.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
By default, @command{xorriso} uses the character set as told by
|
|
|
|
shell command "locale" with argument "charmap". This may be influenced
|
|
|
|
by environment variables LC_ALL, LC_CTYPE, or LANG and should match the
|
|
|
|
expectations of the terminal.
|
|
|
|
In some situations it may be necessary to set it by command -local_charset.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Local character sets should not matter as long as only english alphanumeric
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
characters are used for file names or as long as all writers and readers
|
2014-01-02 13:58:58 +00:00
|
|
|
of the media use the same local character set.
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
Outside these constraints it may be necessary to let @command{xorriso}
|
2014-01-02 13:58:58 +00:00
|
|
|
convert byte codes from and to other character sets.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@cindex Input Character Set, _definition
|
|
|
|
The Rock Ridge file names in ISO filesystems are assumed to be
|
|
|
|
encoded by the @strong{input character set}.
|
|
|
|
@cindex Output Character Set, _definition
|
|
|
|
The Rock Ridge file names which get written with ISO filesystems will be
|
|
|
|
encoded by the @strong{output character set}.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2014-01-02 13:58:58 +00:00
|
|
|
The sets can be defined independently by commands
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
-in_charset and -out_charset. Normally one will have both identical, if ever.
|
2014-01-02 13:58:58 +00:00
|
|
|
Other than the local character set, these two character sets may deviate
|
|
|
|
from US-ASCII.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2014-01-02 13:58:58 +00:00
|
|
|
The output character sets for Joliet and HFS+ are not influenced by these
|
|
|
|
commands. Joliet uses output character set UCS-2 or UTF-16. HFS+ uses UTF-16.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
The default output charset is the local character set of the terminal where
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
@command{xorriso} runs. So by default no conversion happens between local
|
|
|
|
filesystem
|
2014-01-02 13:58:58 +00:00
|
|
|
names and emerging Rock Ridge names in the image. The situation stays
|
|
|
|
ambigous and the reader has to riddle what character set was used.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
By command -auto_charset it is possible to attribute the output charset name
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
to the image. This makes the situation unambigous. But if your terminal
|
|
|
|
character set does not match the character set of the local file names,
|
|
|
|
then this attribute can become plainly wrong and cause problems at read time.
|
|
|
|
To prevent this it is necessary to check whether the terminal properly
|
|
|
|
displays all intended filenames. Check especially the exotic national
|
|
|
|
characters.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
To enforce recording of a particular character set name without any conversion
|
|
|
|
at image generation time, set -charset and -local_charset to the desired name,
|
|
|
|
and enable -backslash_codes to avoid evil character display on your terminal.
|
|
|
|
@table @asis
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -charset character_set_name
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -charset sets input/output character set
|
|
|
|
@cindex Character Set, for input/output, -charset
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Set the character set from which to convert file names when loading an
|
|
|
|
image and to which to convert when writing an image.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -local_charset character_set_name
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -local_charset sets terminal character set
|
|
|
|
@cindex Character Set, of terminal, -local_charset
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Override the system assumption of the local character set name.
|
|
|
|
If this appears necessary, one should consider to set -backslash_codes to
|
|
|
|
"on" in order to avoid dangerous binary codes being sent to the terminal.
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@c man .B Exception processing:
|
2012-11-05 09:37:47 +00:00
|
|
|
@node Exception, DialogCtl, Charset, Commands
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@section Exception processing
|
|
|
|
@c man .PP
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
Since the tasks of @command{xorriso} are manifold and prone to external
|
|
|
|
influence, there
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
may arise the need for @command{xorriso} to report and handle problem events.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Those events get classified when they are detected by one of the software
|
|
|
|
modules and forwarded to reporting and evaluation modules which decide about
|
|
|
|
reactions. Event classes are sorted by severity:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"NEVER" The upper end of the severity spectrum.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"ABORT" The program is being aborted and on its way to end.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"FATAL" The main purpose of the run failed
|
|
|
|
or an important resource failed unexpectedly.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"FAILURE" An important part of the job could not be performed.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"MISHAP" A FAILURE which can be tolerated during ISO image generation.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"SORRY" A less important part of the job could not be performed.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"WARNING" A situation is suspicious of being not intended by the user.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"HINT" A proposal to the user how to achieve better results.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"NOTE" A harmless information about noteworthy circumstances.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"UPDATE" A pacifier message during long running operations.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"DEBUG" A message which would only interest the program developers.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"ALL" The lower end of the severity spectrum.
|
|
|
|
@table @asis
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -abort_on severity
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -abort_on controls abort on error
|
|
|
|
@cindex Process, control abort on error, -abort_on
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Set the severity threshold for events to abort the program.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Useful: "NEVER", "ABORT", "FATAL", "FAILURE" , "MISHAP", "SORRY"
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
It may become necessary to abort the program anyway, despite
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
the setting by this command. Expect not many "ABORT" events to
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
be ignorable.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
A special property of this command is that it works preemptive if given as
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
program start argument. I.e. the first -abort_on setting among the
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
start arguments is in effect already when the first operations of
|
|
|
|
@command{xorriso} begin. Only "-abort_on" with dash "-" is recognized that way.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -return_with severity exit_value
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -return_with controls exit value
|
|
|
|
@cindex Process, control exit value, -return_with
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Set the threshold and exit_value to be returned at program end if no abort
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
has happened. This is to allow @command{xorriso} to go on after problems
|
|
|
|
but to get a failure indicating exit value from the program, nevertheless.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Useful is a value lower than the -abort_on threshold, down to "WARNING".
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
exit_value may be either 0 (indicating success to the starter of the program)
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
or a number between 32 and 63. Some other exit_values are used by
|
|
|
|
@command{xorriso} if it decides to abort the program run:
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
1=abort due to external signal
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
2=no program arguments given
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
3=creation of @command{xorriso} main object failed
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
4=failure to start libburnia-project.org libraries
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
5=program abort during argument processing
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
6=program abort during dialog processing
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -report_about severity
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -report_about controls verbosity
|
|
|
|
@cindex Process, control verbosity, -report_about
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Set the threshold for events to be reported.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Useful: "SORRY", "WARNING", "HINT", "NOTE", "UPDATE", "DEBUG", "ALL"
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Regardless what is set by -report_about, messages get always reported if they
|
|
|
|
reach the severity threshold of -abort_on .
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Event messages are sent to the info channel "I" which is usually stderr
|
|
|
|
but may be influenced by command -pkt_output.
|
|
|
|
Info messages which belong to no event get attributed severity "NOTE".
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
A special property of this command is that the first -report_about setting
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
among the start arguments is in effect already when the first operations
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
of @command{xorriso} begin. Only "-report_about" with dash "-" is
|
|
|
|
recognized that way.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
2011-04-23 15:23:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -signal_handling mode
|
|
|
|
@kindex -signal_handling controls handling of system signals
|
|
|
|
@cindex Control, signal handling, -signal_handling
|
|
|
|
Control the installation of a signal handler which shall react on external
|
|
|
|
signals (e.g. from program "kill" or from keys Ctrl+C) or on signals
|
|
|
|
caused by severe program errors.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Mode "on" is the default. It uses the signal handler of libburn which produces
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
ugly messages but puts much effort in releasing optical drives
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
before @command{xorriso} ends.
|
2011-04-23 15:23:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Mode "off" as first -signal_handling among the start arguments prevents all
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
own signal precautions of @command{xorriso}. Inherited signal
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
handler settings stay as they are.
|
2011-04-23 15:23:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
It works like "sig_dfl" if given after other signal handling was already
|
|
|
|
established at program start.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Mode "sig_dfl" uses the system provided default handling of signals, which is
|
|
|
|
normally a sudden abort of the program. To prevent stuck drives, the
|
|
|
|
libburn handler is used during burning, blanking, and formatting on MMC drives.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Mode "sig_ign" tries to ignore as many signal types as possible. This imposes
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
the risk that @command{xorriso} refuses to end until externally kill -9
|
|
|
|
if performed.
|
2011-04-23 15:23:35 +00:00
|
|
|
kill -9 then imposes the risk that the drive is left in unusable state and
|
|
|
|
needs poweroff to be reset. So during burning, blanking, and formatting
|
|
|
|
wait for at least their normal run time before killing externally.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
A special property of this command is that the first -signal_handling setting
|
2011-04-23 15:23:35 +00:00
|
|
|
among the start arguments is in effect already when the first operations
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
of @command{xorriso} begin. Only "-signal_handling" with dash "-" is
|
|
|
|
recognized that way.
|
2011-04-23 15:23:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -error_behavior occasion behavior
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -error_behavior controls error workarounds
|
|
|
|
@cindex Process, error workarounds, -error_behavior
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Control the program behavior at problem event occasions.
|
|
|
|
For now this applies to occasions "image_loading" which is given while
|
|
|
|
an image tree is read from the input device, and to "file_extraction" which
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
is given with osirrox commands like -extract.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
With "image_loading" there are three behaviors available:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"best_effort" goes on with reading after events with severity below FAILURE
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
if the threshold of command -abort_on allows this.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"failure" aborts image tree reading on first event of at least SORRY.
|
|
|
|
It issues an own FAILURE event.
|
2011-03-21 09:37:02 +00:00
|
|
|
This is the default.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"fatal" acts like "failure" but issues the own event as FATAL.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
With occasion "file_extraction" there are three behaviors:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"keep" maintains incompletely extracted files on disk. This is the default.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"delete" removes files which encountered errors during content extraction.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"best_effort" starts a revovery attempt by means of -extract_cut if the
|
|
|
|
file content stems from the loaded ISO image and is not filtered.
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@c man .B Dialog mode control:
|
2012-11-05 09:37:47 +00:00
|
|
|
@node DialogCtl, Inquiry, Exception, Commands
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@section Dialog mode control
|
|
|
|
@table @asis
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -dialog "on"|"off"|"single_line"
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -dialog enables dialog mode
|
|
|
|
@cindex Dialog, enable dialog mode, -dialog
|
2012-02-24 20:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
Enable or disable to enter dialog mode after all program arguments are
|
|
|
|
processed.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
In dialog mode input lines get prompted via readline or from stdin.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2011-01-06 11:10:36 +00:00
|
|
|
If no -abort_on severity was set when dialog starts, then "NEVER" is set
|
|
|
|
to avoid abort in most cases of wrong input or other problems. Before dialog
|
|
|
|
begins, the default is "FAILURE" which e.g. aborts on unknown commands.
|
2011-01-04 19:30:49 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Mode "on" supports input of newline characters within quotation marks and
|
|
|
|
line continuation by trailing backslash outside quotation marks.
|
|
|
|
Mode "single_line" does not.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -page length width
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -page set terminal geometry
|
|
|
|
@cindex Dialog, terminal geometry, -page
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Describe terminal to the text pager. See also above, paragraph Result pager.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
If parameter length is nonzero then the user gets prompted after that
|
|
|
|
number of terminal lines. Zero length disables paging.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Parameter width is the number of characters per terminal line. It is used
|
|
|
|
to compute the number of terminal lines which get occupied by an output line.
|
|
|
|
A usual terminal width is 80.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -use_readline "on"|"off"
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -use_readline enables readline for dialog
|
|
|
|
@cindex Dialog, line editing, -use_readline
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
If "on" then use readline for dialog. Else use plain stdin.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
See also above, paragraph Dialog, Readline, Result pager.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -reassure "on"|"tree"|"off"
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -reassure enables confirmation question
|
|
|
|
@cindex Dialog, confirmation question, -reassure
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
If "on" then ask the user for "y" or "n":
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
before deleting or overwriting any file in the ISO image,
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
before overwriting any disk file during restore operations,
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
before rolling back pending image changes,
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
before committing image changes to media,
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
before changing the input drive,
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
before blanking or formatting media,
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
before ending the program.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
With setting "tree" the reassuring prompt will appear for an eventual
|
|
|
|
directory only once and not for each file in its whole subtree.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Setting "off" silently kills any kind of image file object resp. performs
|
|
|
|
above irrevocable actions.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
To really produce user prompts, command -dialog needs to be set to "on".
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Note that the prompt does not appear in situations where file removal
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
is forbidden by command -overwrite. -reassure only imposes an additional
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
curb for removing existing file objects.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Be aware that file objects get deleted from the ISO image immediately
|
|
|
|
after confirmation. They are gone even if the running command gets aborted
|
|
|
|
and its desired effect gets revoked. In case of severe mess-up, consider to
|
|
|
|
use -rollback to revoke the whole session.
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@c man .B Drive and media related inquiry actions:
|
2012-11-05 09:37:47 +00:00
|
|
|
@node Inquiry, Navigate, DialogCtl, Commands
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@section Drive and media related inquiry actions
|
|
|
|
@table @asis
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -devices
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -devices gets list of drives
|
|
|
|
@cindex Drive, get drive list, -devices
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Show list of available MMC drives with the addresses of
|
|
|
|
their libburn standard device files.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
This is only possible when no ISO image changes are pending.
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
After this command was executed, there is no drive current
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
and no image loaded.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
In order to be visible, a device has to offer rw-permissions
|
|
|
|
with its libburn standard device file. Thus it might be only the
|
|
|
|
@strong{superuser}
|
|
|
|
who is able to see all drives.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Drives which are occupied by other processes get not shown.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
2011-07-27 21:14:49 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -device_links
|
|
|
|
@kindex -device_links gets list of drives
|
|
|
|
@cindex Drive, get drive list, -device_links
|
|
|
|
Like -devices, but presenting the drives with addresses of symbolic links
|
|
|
|
which point to the actual device files.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Modern GNU/Linux systems may shuffle drive addresses from boot to boot.
|
|
|
|
The udev daemon is supposed to create links which always point to the
|
|
|
|
same drive, regardless of its system address.
|
|
|
|
The command -device_links shows the addresses of such links if they begin
|
|
|
|
by "/dev/dvd" or "/dev/cd".
|
2011-07-28 11:18:40 +00:00
|
|
|
Precedence is: "dvdrw", "cdrw", "dvd", "cdrom", "cd".
|
2011-07-27 21:14:49 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -toc
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -toc shows list of sessions
|
|
|
|
@cindex Table-of-content, show, -toc
|
2012-12-13 19:33:43 +00:00
|
|
|
Show media specific tables of content. This is the session history
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
of the medium, not the ISO image directory tree.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
In case of overwriteable media holding a valid ISO image, it may happen that
|
|
|
|
only a single session gets shown. But if the first session on the
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
overwriteable media was written by @command{xorriso} then a complete
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
session history can be emulated.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
A drive which is incapable of writing may show any media as CD-ROM or DVD-ROM
|
|
|
|
with only one or two sessions on it. The last of these sessions is supposed
|
|
|
|
to be the most recent real session then.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Some read-only drives and media show no usable session history at all.
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
Command -rom_toc_scan might help.
|
2012-12-13 19:33:43 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
If input device and output device are both aquired and not the same,
|
|
|
|
then both tables-of-content get shown.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
2012-12-18 08:15:41 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -toc_of "in"|"out"|"all"[":short"]
|
2012-12-13 19:33:43 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -toc_of shows list of sessions
|
|
|
|
Like command -toc but explicitely choosing which drive's table-of-content
|
|
|
|
to show. "in" shows -indev or -dev, "out" shows -outdev or -dev,
|
|
|
|
"all" shows the same as -toc.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-12-18 08:15:41 +00:00
|
|
|
If ":short" is appended to the drive choosing word, then only a short
|
|
|
|
summary of drive state and medium content is printed.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-12-13 19:33:43 +00:00
|
|
|
As further difference to -toc, this command does not emit FAILURE events
|
2012-12-18 08:15:41 +00:00
|
|
|
if the desired drive is not aquired.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -mount_cmd drive entity id path
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -mount_cmd composes mount command line
|
|
|
|
@cindex Session, mount command line, -mount_cmd
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Emit an appropriate command line for mounting the ISO session
|
|
|
|
indicated by drive, entity and id.
|
|
|
|
The result will be different on GNU/Linux and on FreeBSD.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
drive can be "indev" or "outdev" to indicate already acquired drives,
|
|
|
|
or it can be the path of a not yet acquired drive.
|
|
|
|
Prefix "stdio:" for non-MMC drives is not mandatory.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
entity must be either "sbsector" with the superblock sector address as id,
|
|
|
|
or "track" with a track number as id, or "session" with a session number,
|
|
|
|
or "volid" with a search pattern for the volume id, or "auto" with any text
|
|
|
|
as id.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
path will be used as mount point and must already exist as a directory on disk.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
The command gets printed to the result channel. See command -mount
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
for direct execution of this command.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -mount_opts option[:option...]
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -mount_cmd controls mount command
|
|
|
|
@cindex Session, mount parameters, -mount_opts
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Set options which influence -mount and -mount_cmd. Currently there is only
|
|
|
|
option "exclusive" which is default and its counterpart "shared". The latter
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
causes @command{xorriso} not to give up the affected drive with command -mount.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
On GNU/Linux it adds mount option "loop" which may allow to mount several
|
|
|
|
sessions of the same block device at the same time. One should not write
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
to a mounted optical medium, of course. Take care to umount all sessions
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
before ejecting.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -session_string drive entity id format
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -session_string composes session info line
|
|
|
|
@cindex Session, info string, -session_string
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Print to the result channel a text which gets composed according to
|
|
|
|
format and the parameters of the addressed session.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Formats "linux:"path or "freebsd:"path produce the output of -mount_cmd
|
|
|
|
for the given operating systems.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
In other texts @command{xorriso} will substitute the following parameter names.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
An optional prefix "string:" will be removed.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"%device%" will be substituted by the mountable device path of the drive
|
|
|
|
address.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"%sbsector%" will be substituted by the session start sector.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"%track%", "%session%", "%volid%" will be substituted by track number,
|
|
|
|
session number, resp. volume id of the depicted session.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -print_size
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -print_size predicts image size
|
|
|
|
@cindex Write, predict image size, -print_size
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Print the foreseeable consumption of 2048 byte blocks
|
|
|
|
by next -commit. This can last a while as a -commit gets
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
prepared and only in last moment is revoked by this command.
|
2010-12-28 12:33:52 +00:00
|
|
|
The result depends on several settings and also on the kind of output device.
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
If no -jidgo options are set and not command -as "mkisofs" was used,
|
2011-03-02 09:45:02 +00:00
|
|
|
then -padding (300 kB by default) is not counted as part of the image size.
|
2013-05-13 12:40:48 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
If an El Torito boot image file is already depicted, then command -print_size
|
|
|
|
automatically executes -boot_image "any" "next".
|
|
|
|
This means that the properties of that boot image cannot be edited by
|
|
|
|
subsequent commands.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -tell_media_space
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -tell_media_space reports free space
|
|
|
|
@cindex Write, free space, -tell_media_space
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
Print available space on the output medium and the free space after
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
subtracting already foreseeable consumption by next -commit.
|
2013-01-15 13:18:07 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Note that the title of the prediction "After commit :" is misleading.
|
|
|
|
It is rather the space that may still be filled in this session without
|
|
|
|
making the next -commit fail from medium overflow.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
The free space after the next -commit might be smaller by several MB.
|
|
|
|
This depends on medium type, number of recorded sessions, and drive habits.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -pvd_info
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -pvd_info shows image id strings
|
|
|
|
@cindex Image, show id strings, -pvd_info
|
2013-03-12 19:51:15 +00:00
|
|
|
Print various ID strings and timestamps which can be found in loaded ISO
|
2013-03-12 19:49:07 +00:00
|
|
|
images. Some of the IDs may be changed by commands like -volid or -publisher.
|
|
|
|
For these IDs -pvd_info reports what would be written with the next -commit.
|
2013-03-12 19:51:15 +00:00
|
|
|
The timestamps get not automatically propagated from loaded image to newly
|
|
|
|
written image. The ones for new images may be set by command -volume_date.
|
|
|
|
See there for the meaning of the particular timestamps.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@c man .B Navigation in ISO image and disk filesystem:
|
2012-11-05 09:37:47 +00:00
|
|
|
@node Navigate, Verify, Inquiry, Commands
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@section Navigation in ISO image and disk filesystem
|
|
|
|
@table @asis
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -cd iso_rr_path
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -cd sets working directory in ISO
|
|
|
|
@cindex Navigate, set ISO working directory, -cd
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Change the current working directory in the ISO image.
|
|
|
|
This is prepended to iso_rr_paths which do not begin with '/'.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
It is possible to set the working directory to a path which does not exist
|
|
|
|
yet in the ISO image. The necessary parent directories will be created when
|
|
|
|
the first file object is inserted into that virtual directory.
|
|
|
|
Use -mkdir if you want to enforce the existence of the directory already at
|
|
|
|
first insertion.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -cdx disk_path
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -cdx sets working directory on disk
|
|
|
|
@cindex Navigate, set disk working directory, -cdx
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Change the current working directory in the local filesystem.
|
|
|
|
To be prepended to disk_paths which do not begin with '/'.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -pwd
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -pwd tells working directory in ISO
|
|
|
|
@cindex Navigate, tell ISO working directory, -pwd
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Tell the current working directory in the ISO image.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -pwdx
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -pwdx tells working directory on disk
|
|
|
|
@cindex Navigate, tell disk working directory, -pwdx
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Tell the current working directory in the local filesystem.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -ls iso_rr_pattern [***]
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -ls lists files in ISO image
|
|
|
|
@cindex Navigate, list ISO files, -ls
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
List files in the ISO image which match shell patterns
|
|
|
|
(i.e. with wildcards '*' '?' '[a-z]').
|
|
|
|
If a pattern does not begin with '/' then it is compared with addresses
|
|
|
|
relative to -cd.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Directories are listed by their content rather than as single file item.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Pattern expansion may be disabled by command -iso_rr_pattern.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -lsd iso_rr_pattern [***]
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -lsd lists files in ISO image
|
|
|
|
@cindex Navigate, list ISO files, -lsd
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Like -ls but listing directories as themselves and not by their content.
|
|
|
|
This resembles shell command ls -d.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -lsl iso_rr_pattern [***]
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -lsl lists files in ISO image
|
|
|
|
@cindex Navigate, list ISO files, -lsl
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Like -ls but also list some of the file attributes.
|
|
|
|
The output format resembles shell command ls -ln.
|
2010-06-20 16:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2011-07-04 09:29:00 +00:00
|
|
|
File type 'e' indicates the El Torito boot catalog.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-06-23 13:43:40 +00:00
|
|
|
If the file has non-trivial ACL, then a '+' is appended to the permission info.
|
2012-06-06 18:48:26 +00:00
|
|
|
If the file is hidden, then 'I' for "iso_rr", 'J' for "joliet", 'A'
|
|
|
|
for "hfsplus", resp. 'H' for multiple hiding gets appended.
|
|
|
|
Together with ACL it is 'i', 'j', 'a', resp. 'h'.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -lsdl iso_rr_pattern [***]
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -lsdl lists files in ISO image
|
|
|
|
@cindex Navigate, list ISO files, -lsdl
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Like -lsd but also list some of the file attributes.
|
|
|
|
The output format resembles shell command ls -dln.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -lsx disk_pattern [***]
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -lsx lists files on disk
|
|
|
|
@cindex Navigate, list disk files, -lsx
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
List files in the local filesystem which match shell patterns. Patterns which
|
|
|
|
do not begin with '/' are used relative to -cdx.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Directories are listed by their content rather than as single file item.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Pattern expansion may be disabled by command -disk_pattern.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -lsdx disk_pattern [***]
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -lsdx lists files on disk
|
|
|
|
@cindex Navigate, list disk files, -lsdx
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Like -lsx but listing directories as themselves and not by their content.
|
|
|
|
This resembles shell command ls -d.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -lslx disk_pattern [***]
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -lslx lists files on disk
|
|
|
|
@cindex Navigate, list disk files, -lslx
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Like -lsx but also listing some of the file attributes.
|
|
|
|
Output format resembles shell command ls -ln.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -lsdlx disk_pattern [***]
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -lsdlx lists files on disk
|
|
|
|
@cindex Navigate, list disk files, -lsdlx
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Like -lsdx but also listing some of the file attributes.
|
|
|
|
Output format resembles shell command ls -dln.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -getfacl iso_rr_pattern [***]
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -getfacl shows ACL in ISO image
|
|
|
|
@cindex ACL, show in ISO image, -getfacl
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Print the access permissions of the given files in the ISO image using the
|
|
|
|
format of shell command getfacl. If a file has no ACL then it gets fabricated
|
|
|
|
from the -chmod settings. A file may have a real ACL if it was introduced into
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
the ISO image while command -acl was set to "on".
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -getfacl_r iso_rr_pattern [***]
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -getfacl_r shows ACL in ISO image
|
|
|
|
@cindex ACL, show in ISO image, -getfacl_r
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Like -gefacl but listing recursively the whole file trees underneath eventual
|
|
|
|
directories.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -getfattr iso_rr_pattern [***]
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -getfattr shows xattr in ISO image
|
|
|
|
@cindex xattr, show in ISO image, -getfattr
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Print the xattr of the given files in the ISO image.
|
|
|
|
If a file has no such xattr then noting is printed for it.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -getfattr_r iso_rr_pattern [***]
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -getfattr_r shows xattr in ISO image
|
|
|
|
@cindex xattr, show in ISO image, -getfattr_r
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Like -gefattr but listing recursively the whole file trees underneath eventual
|
|
|
|
directories.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -du iso_rr_pattern [***]
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -du show directory size in ISO image
|
|
|
|
@cindex Navigate, directory size in ISO image, -du
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Recursively list size of directories and files in the ISO image
|
|
|
|
which match one of the patterns.
|
|
|
|
similar to shell command du -k.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -dus iso_rr_pattern [***]
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -dus show directory size in ISO image
|
|
|
|
@cindex Navigate, directory size in ISO image, -dus
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
List size of directories and files in the ISO image
|
|
|
|
which match one of the patterns.
|
|
|
|
Similar to shell command du -sk.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -dux disk_pattern [***]
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -dux show directory size on disk
|
|
|
|
@cindex Navigate, directory size in on disk, -dux
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Recursively list size of directories and files in the local filesystem
|
|
|
|
which match one of the patterns. Similar to shell command du -k.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -dusx disk_pattern [***]
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -dusx show directory size on disk
|
|
|
|
@cindex Navigate, directory size in on disk, -dusx
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
List size of directories and files in the local filesystem
|
|
|
|
which match one of the patterns.
|
|
|
|
Similar to shell command du -sk.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -findx disk_path [-name pattern] [-type t] [-exec action [params]] @minus{}@minus{}
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -findx traverses disk tree
|
|
|
|
@cindex Tree, disk, traverse, -findx
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Like -find but operating on local filesystem and not on the ISO image.
|
|
|
|
This is subject to the settings of -follow.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-02-24 20:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
-findx accepts the same -type parameters as -find. Additionally it recognizes
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
type "mountpoint" (or "m") which matches subdirectories which reside on a
|
|
|
|
different device than their parent. It never matches the disk_path
|
|
|
|
given as start address for -findx.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-findx accepts the -exec actions as does -find. But except the following few
|
|
|
|
actions it will always perform action "echo".
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@table @asis
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
@item in_iso
|
2010-12-11 08:28:23 +00:00
|
|
|
reports the path if its counterpart exists in the ISO image.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
For this the disk_path of the -findx command gets replaced
|
|
|
|
by the iso_rr_path given as parameter.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
E.g.: -findx /home/thomas -exec in_iso /thomas_on_cd @minus{}@minus{}
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@item not_in_iso
|
|
|
|
reports the path if its counterpart does
|
|
|
|
not exist in the ISO image. The report format is the same as with command
|
|
|
|
-compare.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@item add_missing iso_rr_path_start
|
|
|
|
adds the counterpart if it does not yet
|
2011-02-12 17:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
exist in the ISO image and marks it for "rm_merge" as non-removable.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
E.g.: -findx /home/thomas -exec add_missing /thomas_on_cd @minus{}@minus{}
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@item is_full_in_iso
|
|
|
|
reports if the counterpart in the ISO image
|
|
|
|
contains files. To be used with -type "m" to report mount points.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@item empty_iso_dir
|
|
|
|
deletes all files from the counterpart
|
|
|
|
in the ISO image. To be used with -type "m" to truncate mount points.
|
2010-12-11 08:28:23 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@item estimate_size
|
|
|
|
prints a lower and an upper estimation of the number of blocks which the
|
|
|
|
found files together will occupy in the emerging ISO image.
|
|
|
|
This does not account for the superblock,
|
|
|
|
for the directories in the -findx path, or for image padding.
|
2011-08-25 19:00:46 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@item list_extattr mode
|
|
|
|
prints a script to the result channel, which would use FreeBSD command
|
|
|
|
setextattr to set the file's xattr name-value pairs of user namespace.
|
|
|
|
See -find for a description of parameter mode.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
E.g. -exec list_extattr e --
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -compare disk_path iso_rr_path
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -compare reports ISO/disk differences
|
|
|
|
@cindex Verify, compare ISO and disk file, -compare
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Compare attributes and eventual data file content of a fileobject in the
|
|
|
|
local filesystem with a file object in the ISO image. The iso_rr_path may
|
|
|
|
well point to an image file object which is not yet committed, i.e. of which
|
|
|
|
the data content still resides in the local filesystem. Such data content is
|
|
|
|
prone to externally caused changes.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
If iso_rr_path is empty then disk_path is used as path in the ISO image too.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Differing attributes are reported in detail, differing content is summarized.
|
|
|
|
Both to the result channel. In case of no differences no result lines are
|
|
|
|
emitted.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -compare_r disk_path iso_rr_path
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -compare_r reports ISO/disk differences
|
|
|
|
@cindex Verify, compare ISO and disk tree, -compare_r
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Like -compare but working recursively. I.e. all file objects below both
|
|
|
|
addresses get compared whether they have counterparts below the other address
|
|
|
|
and whether both counterparts match.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -compare_l disk_prefix iso_rr_prefix disk_path [***]
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -compare_l reports ISO/disk differences
|
|
|
|
@cindex Verify, compare ISO and disk, -compare_l
|
2012-02-24 20:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
Perform -compare_r with each of the disk_path parameters. iso_rr_path will be
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
composed from disk_path by replacing disk_prefix by iso_rr_prefix.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -show_stream iso_rr_path [***]
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -show_stream shows data source and filters
|
|
|
|
@cindex Filter, show chain, -show_stream
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Display the content stream chain of data files in the ISO image. The chain
|
|
|
|
consists of the iso_rr_name and one or more streams, separated by " < " marks.
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
A stream description consists of one or more texts, separated by ":"
|
|
|
|
characters.
|
|
|
|
The first text tells the stream type, the following ones, if ever, describe its
|
|
|
|
individual properties.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Frequently used types are:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
disk:'disk_path' for local filesystem objects.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
image:'iso_rr_path' for ISO image file objects.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
cout:'disk_path offset count' for -cut_out files.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
extf:'filter_name' for external filters.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
'/abc/xyz.gz' < extf:'gzip' < disk:'/home/me/x'
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -show_stream_r iso_rr_path [***]
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -show_stream_r shows data source and filters
|
|
|
|
@cindex Filter, show chains of tree, -show_stream_r
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Like -show_stream but working recursively.
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@c man .B Evaluation of readability and recovery:
|
2012-11-05 09:37:47 +00:00
|
|
|
@node Verify, Restore, Navigate, Commands
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@section Evaluation of readability and recovery
|
|
|
|
@c man .PP
|
|
|
|
It is not uncommon that optical media produce read errors. The reasons may be
|
|
|
|
various and get obscured by error correction which is performed by the drives
|
|
|
|
and based on extra data on the media. If a drive returns data then one can
|
|
|
|
quite trust that they are valid. But at some degree of read problems the
|
|
|
|
correction will fail and the drive is supposed to indicate error.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
@command{xorriso} can scan a medium for readable data blocks, classify them
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
according
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
to their read speed, save them to a file, and keep track of successfuly saved
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
blocks for further tries on the same medium.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
By command -md5 checksums may get recorded with data files and whole
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
sessions. These checksums are reachable only via indev and a loaded image.
|
|
|
|
They work independently of the media type and can detect transmission errors.
|
|
|
|
@table @asis
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -check_media [option [option ...]] @minus{}@minus{}
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -check_media reads media block by block
|
|
|
|
@cindex Verify, check blocks, -check_media
|
|
|
|
@cindex Recovery, retrieve blocks, -check_media
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
Try to read data blocks from the indev drive, optionally copy them to a
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
disk file, and finally report about the encountered quality. Several options
|
|
|
|
may be used to modify the default behavior.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
The parameters given with this command override the default settings which
|
|
|
|
may have been changed by command -check_media_defaults. See there for a
|
|
|
|
description of available options.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
The result list tells intervals of 2 KiB blocks with start address, number
|
|
|
|
of blocks and quality. Qualities which begin with "+" are
|
|
|
|
supposed to be valid readable data. Qualities with "-" are unreadable or
|
|
|
|
corrupted data.
|
|
|
|
"0" indicates qualities which are not covered by the check run or are regularly
|
|
|
|
allowed to be unreadable (e.g. gaps between tracks).
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Alternatively it is possible to report damaged files rather than blocks.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
If -md5 is "on" then the default mode what=tracks looks out for libisofs
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
checksum tags for the ISO session data and checks them
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
against the checksums computed from the data stream.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -check_media_defaults [option [option ...]] @minus{}@minus{}
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -check_media_defaults sets -check_media options
|
|
|
|
@cindex Verify, preset -check_media, -check_media_defaults
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Preset options for runs of -check_media, -extract_cut and best_effort
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
file extraction. Options given with -check_media will override the
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
preset options. -extract_cut will override some options automatically.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
An option consists of a keyword, a "=" character, and a value. Options
|
|
|
|
may override each other. So their sequence matters.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
The default setting at program start is:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
use=indev what=tracks min_lba=-1 max_lba=-1 retry=default
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
time_limit=28800 item_limit=100000 data_to='' event=ALL
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
abort_file=/var/opt/xorriso/do_abort_check_media
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
sector_map='' map_with_volid=off patch_lba0=off report=blocks
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2014-01-20 18:42:51 +00:00
|
|
|
bad_limit=invalid slow_limit=1.0 chunk_size=0s async_chunks=0
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Option "reset=now" restores these startup defaults.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Non-default options are:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@table @asis
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
@item report="files"
|
|
|
|
lists the files which use damaged blocks (not with use=outdev).
|
|
|
|
The format is like with find -exec report_damage.
|
2010-12-11 08:28:23 +00:00
|
|
|
Note that a MD5 session mismatch marks all files of the session as damaged.
|
|
|
|
If finer distinction is desired, perform -md5 off before -check_media.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@item report="blocks_files"
|
|
|
|
first lists damaged blocks and then affected files.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@item use="outdev"
|
|
|
|
reads from the output drive instead of the input drive. This
|
|
|
|
avoids loading the ISO image tree from media.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@item use="sector_map"
|
|
|
|
does not read any media but loads the file given by option
|
|
|
|
sector_map= and processes this virtual outcome.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@item what="disc"
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
scans the payload range of a medium without respecting track gaps.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2011-07-25 09:59:12 +00:00
|
|
|
@item what="image"
|
|
|
|
similar to "disc", but restricts scanning to the range of the ISO 9660 image,
|
|
|
|
if present.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@item min_lba=limit
|
|
|
|
omits all blocks with addresses lower than limit.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@item max_lba=limit
|
|
|
|
switches to what=disc and omits all blocks above limit.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@item retry="on"
|
|
|
|
forces read retries with single blocks when the normal read
|
|
|
|
chunk produces a read error. By default, retries are only enabled with CD
|
|
|
|
media. "retry=off" forbits retries for all media types.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@item abort_file=disk_path
|
|
|
|
gives the path of the file which may abort a scan run. Abort
|
|
|
|
happens if the file exists and its mtime is not older than the start time
|
|
|
|
of the run. Use shell command "touch" to trigger this.
|
|
|
|
Other than an aborted program run, this will report the tested and untested
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
blocks and go on with running @command{xorriso}.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@item time_limit=seconds
|
|
|
|
gives the number of seconds after which the scan shall be
|
|
|
|
aborted. This is useful for unattended scanning of media which may else
|
|
|
|
overwork the drive in its effort to squeeze out some readable blocks.
|
|
|
|
Abort may be delayed by the drive gnawing on the last single read operation.
|
|
|
|
Value -1 means unlimited time.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@item item_limit=number
|
|
|
|
gives the number of report list items after which to abort.
|
|
|
|
Value -1 means unlimited item number.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@item data_to=disk_path
|
|
|
|
copies the valid blocks to the given file.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@item event=severity
|
|
|
|
sets the given severity for a problem event which shall be issued at
|
|
|
|
the end of a check run if data blocks were unreadable or failed to match
|
|
|
|
recorded MD5 checksums. Severity "ALL" disables this event.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@item sector_map=disk_path
|
|
|
|
tries to read the file given by disk_path as
|
|
|
|
sector bitmap and to store such a map file after the scan run.
|
|
|
|
The bitmap tells which blocks have been read successfully in previous runs.
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
It allows to do several scans on the same medium, even with intermediate
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
eject, in order to collect readable blocks whenever the drive is lucky enough
|
|
|
|
to produce them. The stored file contains a human readable TOC of tracks
|
|
|
|
and their start block addresses, followed by binary bitmap data.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2014-01-20 18:42:51 +00:00
|
|
|
By default, untested blocks are not considered bad, but rather as intentionally
|
|
|
|
unread. If you expect time_limit= or item_limit= to abort the run, then
|
|
|
|
consider to use bad_limit="untested".
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@item map_with_volid="on"
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
examines tracks whether they are ISO images and
|
2012-11-05 09:37:47 +00:00
|
|
|
prints their volume IDs into the human readable TOC of sector_map=.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@item patch_lba0="on"
|
|
|
|
transfers within the data_to= file a copy of the currently
|
|
|
|
loaded session head to the start of that file and patches it to be valid
|
|
|
|
at that position.
|
2012-07-26 13:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
This makes the loaded session the last valid session of the image file
|
|
|
|
when it gets mounted or loaded as stdio: drive. New sessions will be appended
|
|
|
|
after this last session and will overwrite any sessions which have followed it.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@item patch_lba0="force"
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
performs patch_lba0="on" even if @command{xorriso} believes
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
that the copied data are not valid.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
patch_lba0= may also bear a number. If it is 32 or higher it is taken as
|
|
|
|
start address of the session to be copied. In this case it is not necessary to
|
|
|
|
have an -indev and a loaded image. ":force" may be appended after the number.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@item bad_limit=threshold
|
|
|
|
sets the highest quality which shall be considered as damage.
|
|
|
|
Choose one of "good", "md5_match", "slow", "partial", "valid", "untested",
|
|
|
|
"invalid", "tao_end", "off_track", "md5_mismatch", "unreadable".
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@item slow_limit=threshold
|
|
|
|
sets the time threshold for a single read chunk to be considered
|
|
|
|
slow. This may be a fractional number like 0.1 or 1.5.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@item chunk_size=size
|
|
|
|
sets the number of bytes to be read in one read operation.
|
|
|
|
This gets rounded down to full blocks of 2048 bytes. 0 means automatic size.
|
2012-05-01 07:49:46 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@item async_chunks=number
|
|
|
|
enables asynchronous MD5 processing if number is 2 or larger.
|
|
|
|
In this case the given number of read chunks is allocated as fifo buffer.
|
2012-05-02 11:09:40 +00:00
|
|
|
On very fast MMC drives try: chunk_size=64s async_chunks=16.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -check_md5 verifies file checksum
|
|
|
|
@cindex Verify, file checksum, -check_md5
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -check_md5 severity iso_rr_path [***]
|
|
|
|
Compare the data content of the given files in the loaded image with their
|
|
|
|
recorded MD5 checksums, if there are any. In case of any mismatch an event of
|
|
|
|
the given severity is issued. It may then be handled by appropriate settings of
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
commands -abort_on or -return_with which both can cause non-zero exit values
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
of the program run. Severity ALL suppresses that event.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
This command reports match and mismatch of data files to the result channel.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Non-data files cause NOTE events. There will also be UPDATE events from
|
|
|
|
data reading.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
If no iso_rr_path is given then the whole loaded session is compared with its
|
|
|
|
MD5 sum. Be aware that this covers only one session and not the whole image
|
|
|
|
if there are older sessions.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -check_md5_r severity iso_rr_path [***]
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -check_md5_r verifies file tree checksums
|
|
|
|
@cindex Verify, file tree checksums, -check_md5_r
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Like -check_md5 but checking all data files underneath the given paths.
|
|
|
|
Only mismatching data files will be reported.
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .B osirrox ISO-to-disk restore commands:
|
2012-11-05 09:37:47 +00:00
|
|
|
@node Restore, Emulation, Verify, Commands
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
@section osirrox ISO-to-disk restore commands
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .PP
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
Normally @command{xorriso} only writes to disk files which were given as stdio:
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
pseudo-drives or as log files.
|
|
|
|
But its alter ego osirrox is able to extract file objects
|
|
|
|
from ISO images and to create, overwrite, or delete file objects on disk.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Disk file exclusions by -not_mgt, -not_leaf, -not_paths apply.
|
|
|
|
If disk file objects already exist then the settings of -overwrite and
|
|
|
|
-reassure apply. But -overwrite "on" only triggers the behavior
|
|
|
|
of -overwrite "nondir". I.e. directories cannot be deleted.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Access permissions of files in the ISO image do not restrict restoring.
|
|
|
|
The directory permissions on disk have to allow rwx.
|
|
|
|
@table @asis
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
2013-01-04 19:00:14 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -osirrox setting[:option:...]
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -osirrox enables ISO-to-disk copying
|
|
|
|
@cindex Restore, enable ISO-to-disk, -osirrox
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Setting "off" disables disk filesystem manipulations. This is the default
|
|
|
|
unless the program was started with leafname "osirrox". Elsewise
|
|
|
|
the capability to restore files can be enabled explicitly by -osirrox "on".
|
|
|
|
It can be irrevocably disabled by -osirrox "banned".
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2013-01-04 19:00:14 +00:00
|
|
|
The setting "blocked" is like "off". But it can only be revoked by
|
|
|
|
setting "unblock", which elsewise is like "on". This can be used to curb
|
|
|
|
command scripts which might use "on" undesiredly.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
To enable restoring of special files by "device_files" is potentially
|
|
|
|
dangerous.
|
|
|
|
The meaning of the number st_rdev (see man 2 stat) depends much on the
|
|
|
|
operating system. Best is to restore device files only to the same system
|
|
|
|
from where they were copied. If not enabled, device files in the ISO image
|
|
|
|
are ignored during restore operations.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Due to a bug of previous versions, device files from previous sessions might
|
|
|
|
have been altered to major=0, minor=1. So this combination does not get
|
|
|
|
restored.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Option "concat_split_on" is default. It enables restoring of split file
|
|
|
|
directories as data files if the directory contains a complete collection
|
|
|
|
of -cut_out part files. With option "concat_split_off" such directories are
|
|
|
|
handled like any other ISO image directory.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Option "auto_chmod_off" is default. If "auto_chmod_on" is set then access
|
|
|
|
restrictions for disk directories get circumvented if those directories
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
are owned by the effective user who runs @command{xorriso}. This happens
|
|
|
|
by temporarily granting rwx permission to the owner.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Option "sort_lba_on" may improve read performance with optical drives. It
|
|
|
|
allows to restore large numbers of hard links without exhausting
|
|
|
|
-temp_mem_limit. It does not preserve directory mtime and it needs
|
|
|
|
-osirrox option auto_chmod_on in order to extract directories which offer no
|
|
|
|
write permission. Default is "sort_lba_off".
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Option "o_excl_on" is the default unless the program was started with leafname
|
|
|
|
"osirrox". On GNU/Linux it tries to avoid using drives which are mounted or in
|
|
|
|
use by other libburn programs.
|
|
|
|
Option "o_excl_off" allows on GNU/Linux to access such drives. Drives which
|
|
|
|
get acquired while "o_excl_off" will refuse to get blanked, formatted,
|
|
|
|
written, or ejected. But be aware that even harmless inquiries can spoil
|
|
|
|
ongoing burns of CD-R[W] and DVD-R[W].
|
2011-08-23 10:42:01 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Option "strict_acl_off" is default. It tolerates on FreeBSD the presence of
|
|
|
|
directory "default" ACLs in the ISO image. With "strict_acl_on" these
|
|
|
|
GNU/Linux ACLs cause on FreeBSD a FAILURE event during restore with -acl "on".
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -extract iso_rr_path disk_path
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -extract copies file tree to disk
|
|
|
|
@cindex Restore, copy file tree to disk, -extract
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Copy the file objects at and underneath iso_rr_path to their corresponding
|
|
|
|
addresses at and underneath disk_path.
|
|
|
|
This is the inverse of -map or -update_r.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
If iso_rr_path is a directory and disk_path is an existing directory then
|
|
|
|
both trees will be merged. Directory attributes get extracted only if the disk
|
|
|
|
directory is newly created by the copy operation.
|
|
|
|
Disk files get removed only if they are to be replaced
|
|
|
|
by file objects from the ISO image.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
As many attributes as possible are copied together with restored
|
|
|
|
file objects.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -extract_single iso_rr_path disk_path
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -extract_single copies file to disk
|
|
|
|
@cindex Restore, copy file to disk, -extract_single
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Like -extract, but if iso_rr_path is a directory then its sub tree gets not
|
|
|
|
restored.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -extract_l iso_rr_prefix disk_prefix iso_rr_path [***]
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -extract_l copies files to disk
|
|
|
|
@cindex Restore, copy files to disk, -extract_l
|
2012-02-24 20:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
Perform -extract with each of the iso_rr_path parameters. disk_path will be
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
composed from iso_rr_path by replacing iso_rr_prefix by disk_prefix.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -extract_cut iso_rr_path byte_offset byte_count disk_path
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -extract_cut copies file piece to disk
|
|
|
|
@cindex Restore, copy file piece to disk, -extract_cut
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Copy a byte interval from a data file out of an ISO image into a newly created
|
|
|
|
disk file.
|
|
|
|
The main purpose for this is to allow handling of large files if they
|
|
|
|
are not supported by mount -t iso9660 and if the reading system is unable
|
|
|
|
to buffer them as a whole.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
If the data bytes of iso_rr_path are stored in the loaded ISO image,
|
|
|
|
and no filter is applied,
|
|
|
|
and byte_offset is a multiple of 2048, then a special run of -check_media
|
|
|
|
is performed. It may be quicker and more rugged than the general reading
|
|
|
|
method.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -cpx iso_rr_path [***] disk_path
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -cpx copies files to disk
|
|
|
|
@cindex Restore, copy files to disk, -cpx
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Copy single leaf file objects from the ISO image to the address given by
|
|
|
|
disk_path. If more then one iso_rr_path is given then
|
|
|
|
disk_path must be a directory or non-existent. In the latter case it gets
|
|
|
|
created and the extracted files get installed in it with the same leafnames.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Missing directory components in disk_path will get created, if possible.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Directories are allowed as iso_rr_path only with -osirrox "concat_split_on"
|
|
|
|
and only if they actually represent a complete collection of -cut_out split
|
|
|
|
file parts.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -cpax iso_rr_path [***] disk_path
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -cpax copies files to disk
|
|
|
|
@cindex Restore, copy files to disk, -cpax
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Like -cpx but restoring mtime, atime as in ISO image and trying to set
|
|
|
|
ownership and group as in ISO image.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -cp_rx iso_rr_path [***] disk_path
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -cp_rx copies file trees to disk
|
|
|
|
@cindex Restore, copy file trees to disk, -cp_rx
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Like -cpx but also extracting whole directory trees from the ISO image.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
The resulting disk paths are determined as with shell command cp -r :
|
|
|
|
If disk_path is an existing directory then the trees will be inserted or merged
|
|
|
|
underneath this directory and will keep their leaf names. The ISO directory "/"
|
|
|
|
has no leaf name and thus gets mapped directly to disk_path.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -cp_rax iso_rr_path [***] disk_path
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -cp_rx copies file trees to disk
|
|
|
|
@cindex Restore, copy file trees to disk, -cp_rx
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Like -cp_rx but restoring mtime, atime as in ISO image and trying to set
|
|
|
|
ownership and group as in ISO image.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -paste_in iso_rr_path disk_path byte_offset byte_count
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -paste_in copies file into disk file
|
|
|
|
@cindex Restore, copy file into disk file, -paste_in
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Read the content of a ISO data file and write it into a data file on disk
|
|
|
|
beginning at the byte_offset. Write at most byte_count bytes.
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
This is the inverse of command -cut_out.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -mount drive entity id path
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -mount issues mount command for ISO session
|
|
|
|
@cindex Session, issue mount command, -mount
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Produce the same line as -mount_cmd and then execute it as external program run
|
|
|
|
after giving up the depicted drive. See also -mount_opts.
|
|
|
|
This demands -osirrox to be enabled and normally will succeed only for the
|
|
|
|
superuser. For safety reasons the mount program is only executed if it is
|
|
|
|
reachable as /bin/mount or /sbin/mount.
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@c man .B Command compatibility emulations:
|
2012-11-05 09:37:47 +00:00
|
|
|
@node Emulation, Scripting, Restore, Commands
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@section Command compatibility emulations (cdrtools)
|
|
|
|
@c man .PP
|
|
|
|
Writing of ISO 9660 on CD is traditionally done by program mkisofs
|
|
|
|
as ISO 9660 image producer and cdrecord as burn program.
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
@command{xorriso} does not strive for their comprehensive emulation.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Nevertheless it is ready to perform some of its core tasks under control
|
|
|
|
of commands which in said programs trigger comparable actions.
|
|
|
|
@table @asis
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -as personality option [options] @minus{}@minus{}
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -as emulates mkisofs or cdrecord
|
|
|
|
@cindex Emulation, -as
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Perform the variable length option list as sparse emulation of the program
|
|
|
|
depicted by the personality word.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex Emulation, mkisofs, -as
|
|
|
|
@cindex mkisofs, Emulation
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Personality "@strong{mkisofs}" accepts the options listed with:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-as mkisofs -help @minus{}@minus{}
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-06-25 17:59:01 +00:00
|
|
|
Among them: -R (always on), -r, -J, -o, -M, -C, -dir-mode, -file-mode,
|
2010-06-25 09:59:20 +00:00
|
|
|
-path-list, -m, -exclude-list,
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
-f, -print-size, -pad, -no-pad, -V, -v, -version, -graft-points, -z,
|
2010-04-08 18:58:56 +00:00
|
|
|
-no-emul-boot, -b, -c, -boot-info-table, -boot-load-size, -input-charset, -G,
|
2010-06-23 13:43:40 +00:00
|
|
|
-output-charset, -U, -hide, -hide-joliet, -hide-list, -hide-joliet-list,
|
|
|
|
file paths and pathspecs.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
A lot of options are not supported and lead to failure of the mkisofs
|
|
|
|
emulation. Some are ignored, but better do not rely on this tolerance.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2011-03-05 17:42:25 +00:00
|
|
|
The supported options are documented in detail in xorrisofs.info
|
|
|
|
and in man xorrisofs. The description here is focused on the effect
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
of mkisofs emulation in the context of a @command{xorriso} run.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Other than with the "cdrecord" personality there is no automatic -commit at
|
|
|
|
the end of a "mkisofs" option list. Verbosity settings -v (= "UPDATE") and
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
-quiet (= "SORRY") persist. The output file
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
persists until things happen like -commit, -rollback, -dev, or end of
|
|
|
|
@command{xorriso}.
|
2013-03-10 19:34:09 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Options which affect all file objects in the ISO image, like -r or -dir-mode,
|
|
|
|
will be applied only to files which are present in the ISO image when
|
|
|
|
the command -as ends. If you use several -as mkisofs commands in the same
|
|
|
|
run, then consider to put such options into the last -as command.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
-pacifier gets set to "mkisofs" if files are added to the image.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2011-03-05 17:42:25 +00:00
|
|
|
-graft-points is equivalent to -pathspecs on. Note that pathspecs without "="
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
are interpreted differently than with @command{xorriso} command -add.
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
Directories get
|
2011-03-05 17:42:25 +00:00
|
|
|
merged with the root directory of the ISO image, other filetypes get mapped
|
|
|
|
into that root directory.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
If pathspecs are given and if no output file was chosen before or during the
|
|
|
|
"mkisofs" option list, then standard output (-outdev "-") will get into effect.
|
|
|
|
If -o points to a regular file, then it will be truncated to 0 bytes
|
|
|
|
when finally writing begins. This truncation does not happen if the drive
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
is chosen by @command{xorriso} commands before -as mkisofs or after its
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
list delimiter. Directories and symbolic links are no valid -o targets.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Writing to stdout is possible only if -as "mkisofs" was among the start
|
|
|
|
arguments or if other start arguments pointed the output drive to
|
|
|
|
standard output.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-12-02 06:32:31 +00:00
|
|
|
-print-size inhibits automatic image production at program end. This ban is
|
|
|
|
lifted only if the pending image changes get discarded.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
Padding is counted as part of the ISO image if not option --emul-toc
|
2011-03-02 09:45:02 +00:00
|
|
|
is given.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-12-25 09:43:15 +00:00
|
|
|
If no -iso-level is given, then level 1 is chosen when the first file or
|
|
|
|
directory is added to the image. At the same occasion directory names get
|
|
|
|
allowed to violate the standard by -compliance option allow_dir_id_ext.
|
|
|
|
This may be avoided by option -disallow_dir_id_ext.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
Option -root is supported. Option -old-root is implemented by @command{xorriso}
|
2011-02-12 17:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
commands -mkdir, -cp_clone, -find update_merge, and -find rm_merge.
|
|
|
|
-root and -old-root set command -disk_dev_ino to "ino_only" and -md5 to "on",
|
|
|
|
by default.
|
|
|
|
@minus{}disk_dev_ino can be set to "off" by @minus{}@minus{}old-root-no-ino
|
2011-02-07 18:43:06 +00:00
|
|
|
resp. to "on" by @minus{}@minus{}old-root-devno .
|
|
|
|
@minus{}md5 can be set to "off" by @minus{}@minus{}old-root-no-md5 .
|
2011-01-19 11:41:45 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Not original mkisofs options are @minus{}@minus{}quoted_path_list ,
|
|
|
|
@minus{}@minus{}hardlinks , @minus{}@minus{}acl ,
|
|
|
|
@minus{}@minus{}xattr , @minus{}@minus{}md5 , @minus{}@minus{}stdio_sync .
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
They work like the @command{xorriso} commands with the
|
2012-02-24 20:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
same name and hardcoded parameter "on", e.g. -acl "on".
|
|
|
|
Explicit parameters are expected by @minus{}@minus{}stdio_sync
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
and @minus{}@minus{}scdbackup_tag.
|
2010-12-28 12:33:52 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
The capability to preserve multi-session history on overwriteable media
|
|
|
|
gets disabled by default. It can be enabled by using @minus{}@minus{}emul-toc
|
|
|
|
with the first session. See -compliance no_emul_toc.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-02-24 20:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
@minus{}@minus{}sort-weight gets as parameters a number and an iso_rr_path.
|
2010-04-18 09:59:08 +00:00
|
|
|
The number becomes the LBA sorting weight of regular file iso_rr_path or
|
|
|
|
of all regular files underneath directory iso_rr_path.
|
|
|
|
(See -find -exec sort_weight).
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-04-08 18:58:56 +00:00
|
|
|
Adopted from grub-mkisofs are @minus{}@minus{}protective-msdos-label
|
|
|
|
(see -boot_image grub partition_table=on) and
|
|
|
|
@minus{}@minus{}modification-date=YYYYMMDDhhmmsscc
|
2010-08-18 10:33:04 +00:00
|
|
|
(see -volume_date uuid). For EFI bootable GRUB boot images use
|
|
|
|
@minus{}@minus{}efi-boot.
|
|
|
|
It performs @minus{}boot_image grub efi_path= surrounded by two
|
|
|
|
@minus{}boot_image "any" "next".
|
|
|
|
Alternative option @minus{}e from Fedora genisoimage sets bin_path and
|
|
|
|
platform_id for EFI, but performs no "next".
|
2010-04-08 18:58:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-04-10 18:02:10 +00:00
|
|
|
For MBR bootable ISOLINUX images there is -isohybrid-mbr FILE, where
|
|
|
|
FILE is one of the Syslinux files mbr/isohdp[fp]x*.bin . Use this
|
|
|
|
instead of -G to apply the effect of -boot_image isolinux partition_table=on.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-09-10 17:13:00 +00:00
|
|
|
@minus{}@minus{}boot-catalog-hide is -boot_image any cat_hidden=on.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-10-13 17:07:05 +00:00
|
|
|
@minus{}mips-boot is the same as -boot_image any mips_path= .
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-10-19 10:48:37 +00:00
|
|
|
@minus{}mipsel-boot leads to mipsel_path= .
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-09-10 17:13:00 +00:00
|
|
|
@minus{}partition_offset number is
|
|
|
|
@minus{}boot_image any partition_offset=number.
|
2010-06-24 08:49:04 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
Command @minus{}append_partition is supported.
|
2010-10-18 21:22:23 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-12-22 15:15:47 +00:00
|
|
|
@minus{}untranslated_name_len number is
|
|
|
|
@minus{}compliance untranslated_name_len=number.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2011-01-26 13:31:05 +00:00
|
|
|
@minus{}@minus{}old-empty is -compliance old_empty.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-09-29 15:28:57 +00:00
|
|
|
The options of genisoimage Jigdo Template Extraction are recognized and
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
performed via @command{xorriso} command -jigdo. See the "Alias:" names there
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
for the meaning of the genisoimage options.
|
2010-09-29 15:28:57 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-10-19 10:48:37 +00:00
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
|
2011-03-05 17:42:25 +00:00
|
|
|
Personalities "@strong{xorrisofs}", "@strong{genisoimage}",
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
and "@strong{genisofs}" are aliases for "mkisofs".
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
If @command{xorriso} is started with one of the leafnames "xorrisofs",
|
|
|
|
"genisofs",
|
2010-06-25 17:59:01 +00:00
|
|
|
"mkisofs", or "genisoimage", then it performs -read_mkisofsrc and prepends
|
2012-02-24 20:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
-as "genisofs" to the program arguments.
|
2010-06-25 17:59:01 +00:00
|
|
|
I.e. all arguments will be interpreted mkisofs style until "@minus{}@minus{}"
|
|
|
|
is encountered.
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
From then on, arguments are interpreted as @command{xorriso} commands.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2011-03-05 17:42:25 +00:00
|
|
|
@minus{}@minus{}no_rc as first argument of such a program start
|
|
|
|
prevents interpretation of startup files. See section FILES below.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex Emulation, cdrecord, -as
|
|
|
|
@cindex cdrecord, Emulation
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Personality "@strong{cdrecord}" accepts the options listed with:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-as cdrecord -help @minus{}@minus{}
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Among them: -v, dev=, speed=, blank=, fs=, -eject, -atip, padsize=, tsize=,
|
|
|
|
-isosize, -multi, -msinfo, @minus{}@minus{}grow_overwriteable_iso,
|
|
|
|
write_start_address=,
|
|
|
|
track source file path or "-" for standard input as track source.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
It ignores most other options of cdrecord and cdrskin but refuses on
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
-audio, -scanbus, and on blanking modes unknown to @command{xorriso}.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
The scope is only a single data track per session to be written
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
to blank, overwriteable, or appendable media. The medium gets closed if
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
closing is applicable and not option -multi is present.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-03-05 10:32:03 +00:00
|
|
|
If an input drive was acquired, then it is given up.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
This is only allowed if no image changes are pending.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
dev= must be given as @command{xorriso} device address. Addresses like 0,0,0
|
|
|
|
or ATA:1,1,0 are not supported.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
If a track source is given, then an automatic -commit happens at the end of
|
|
|
|
the "cdrecord" option list.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@minus{}@minus{}grow_overwriteable_iso
|
|
|
|
enables emulation of multi-session on overwriteable
|
|
|
|
media. To enable emulation of a TOC, the first session needs -C 0,32 with
|
|
|
|
-as mkisofs (but no -M) and @minus{}@minus{}grow_overwriteable_iso
|
|
|
|
write_start_address=32s with -as cdrecord.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
A much more elaborate libburn based cdrecord emulator is the program cdrskin.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Personalites "@strong{xorrecord}", "@strong{wodim}", and "@strong{cdrskin}"
|
|
|
|
are aliases for "cdrecord".
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
If @command{xorriso} is started with one of the leafnames "xorrecord",
|
|
|
|
"cdrskin", "cdrecord", or "wodim", then it automatically prepends -as "cdrskin"
|
2012-02-24 20:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
to the program arguments. I.e. all arguments will be interpreted cdrecord
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
style until "@minus{}@minus{}" is encountered.
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
From then on, arguments are interpreted as @command{xorriso} commands.
|
2011-03-05 17:42:25 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@minus{}@minus{}no_rc as first argument of such a program start
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
prevents interpretation of @command{xorriso} startup files.
|
|
|
|
See section FILES below.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
2010-06-25 17:59:01 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -read_mkisofsrc
|
|
|
|
@kindex -read_mkisofsrc searches and reads .mkisofsrc file
|
|
|
|
@cindex Emulation, .mkisofsrc, -read_mkisofsrc
|
|
|
|
Try one by one to open for reading:
|
2010-07-29 20:17:05 +00:00
|
|
|
./.mkisofsrc , $MKISOFSRC , $HOME/.mkisofsrc , $(dirname $0)/.mkisofsrc
|
2010-06-25 17:59:01 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
On success interpret the file content as of man mkisofs CONFIGURATION,
|
|
|
|
and end this command. Do not try further files.
|
2010-07-29 20:17:05 +00:00
|
|
|
The last address is used only if start argument 0 has a non-trivial dirname.
|
2010-06-25 17:59:01 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
The reader currently interprets the following NAME=VALUE pairs:
|
|
|
|
APPI (-application_id) , PUBL (-publisher) , SYSI (-system_id) ,
|
|
|
|
VOLI (-volid) , VOLS (-volset_id)
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Any other lines will be silently ignored.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -pacifier behavior_code
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -pacifier controls pacifier text form
|
|
|
|
@cindex Emulation, pacifier form, -pacifier
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Control behavior of UPDATE pacifiers during write operations.
|
|
|
|
The following behavior codes are defined:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"xorriso" is the default format:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Writing: sector XXXXX of YYYYYY [fifo active, nn% fill]
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"cdrecord" looks like:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
X of Y MB written (fifo nn%) [buf mmm%]
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"mkisofs"
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
nn% done, estimate finish Tue Jul 15 20:13:28 2008
|
2013-06-02 11:25:07 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
The frequency of the messages can be adjusted by
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"interval=number"
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
where number gives the seconds between two messages. Permissible settings
|
|
|
|
are 0.1 to 60.0.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -scdbackup_tag list_path record_name
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -scdbackup_tag enables scdbackup checksum tag
|
|
|
|
@cindex Backup, scdbackup checksum tag, -scdbackup
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Set the parameter "name" for a scdbackup checksum record.
|
|
|
|
It will be appended in an scdbackup checksum tag to the -md5 session tag if
|
|
|
|
the image starts at LBA 0. This is the case if it gets written as first
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
session onto a sequential medium, or piped into a program, named pipe or
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
character device.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
If list_path is not empty then the record will also be appended to the
|
|
|
|
data file given by this path.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Program scdbackup_verify will recognize and verify tag resp. record.
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@c man .B Scripting, dialog and program control features:
|
2012-11-05 09:37:47 +00:00
|
|
|
@node Scripting, Frontend, Emulation, Commands
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@section Scripting, dialog and program control features
|
|
|
|
@table @asis
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -no_rc
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -no_rc disables startup files
|
|
|
|
@cindex Process, disable startup files, -no_rc
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
Only if used as first program argument this command
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
prevents reading and interpretation of startup files. See section FILES below.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -options_from_file fileaddress
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -options_from_file reads commands from file
|
|
|
|
@cindex Process, read command file, -options_from_file
|
2011-04-03 08:28:07 +00:00
|
|
|
Read quoted input from fileaddress and execute it like dialog lines.
|
|
|
|
Empty lines and lines which begin by # are ignored. Normally one line
|
2012-02-24 20:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
should hold one @command{xorriso} command and all its parameters.
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
Nevertheless lines may be concatenated by a trailing backslash.
|
2011-04-03 08:28:07 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
See also section "Command processing", paragraph "Quoted input".
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -help
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -help prints help text
|
|
|
|
@cindex Program, print help text, -help
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Print helptext.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -version
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -version prints help text
|
|
|
|
@cindex Program, print version, -version
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Print program name and version, component versions, license.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
2011-08-18 15:19:27 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -list_extras code
|
|
|
|
@kindex -list_extras lists compile time extra features
|
|
|
|
@cindex Program, list extra features, -list_extras
|
|
|
|
Tell whether certain extra features were enabled at compile time.
|
|
|
|
Code "all" lists all features and a headline.
|
|
|
|
Other codes pick a single feature.
|
|
|
|
Code "codes" lists them. They share names with related commands
|
|
|
|
(see also there):
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"acl" tells whether xorriso has an adapter for local filesystems ACLs.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"xattr" tells whether xorriso has an adapter for local filesystems EA.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"jigdo" tells whether production of Jigdo files is possible.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"zisofs" tells whether zisofs and built-in gzip filters are enabled.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"external_filter" tells whether external filter processes are allowed
|
|
|
|
and whether they are allowed if real user id and effective user id differ.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"dvd_obs" tells whether 64 kB output to DVD media is default.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"use_readline" tells whether readline may be enabled in dialog mode.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -history textline
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -history brings text into readline history
|
|
|
|
@cindex Dialog, bring text into history, -history
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Copy textline into libreadline history.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -status mode|filter
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -status shows current settings
|
|
|
|
@cindex Program, show current settings, -status
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
Print the current settings of @command{xorriso}.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Modes:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
short... print only important or altered settings
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
long ... print all settings including defaults
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
long_history like long plus history lines
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Filters begin with '-' and are compared literally against the
|
|
|
|
output lines of -status:long_history. A line is put out only
|
|
|
|
if its start matches the filter text. No wildcards.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -status_history_max number
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -status_history_max curbs -status history
|
|
|
|
@cindex Program, status history, -status_history_max
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Set maximum number of history lines to be reported with -status "long_history".
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -list_delimiter word
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -list_delimiter replaces '@minus{}@minus{}'
|
|
|
|
@cindex Program, replace @minus{}@minus{}, -list_delimiter
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Set the list delimiter to be used instead of "@minus{}@minus{}".
|
|
|
|
It has to be a single word,
|
|
|
|
must not be empty, not longer than 80 characters, and must not contain
|
|
|
|
quotation marks.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
For brevity the list delimiter is referred as "@minus{}@minus{}"
|
|
|
|
throughout this text.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
2013-07-01 18:06:39 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -sh_style_result "on"|"off"
|
|
|
|
@kindex -sh_style_result makes results look more like shell
|
|
|
|
@cindex Result layout, more shell-like, -sh_style_result
|
|
|
|
Make the result output of some filesystem inspection commands look more like
|
|
|
|
the output of equivalent shell commands. The most important effect is to
|
|
|
|
prevent the wrapping of file addresses into quotation marks with commands
|
|
|
|
-pwd -pwdx -ls -lsd -lsl -lsdl -lsx -lsdx -lslx -lsdlx
|
|
|
|
-du -dus -dux -dusx -findx -find
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
This will make ambigous the representation of file names which contain
|
|
|
|
newline characters. On the other hand it should facilitate integration
|
|
|
|
of xorriso into shell scripts which already use the corresponding
|
|
|
|
shell commands.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -backslash_codes "on"|"off"|mode[:mode]
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -backslash_codes enables backslash conversion
|
|
|
|
@cindex Program, backslash conversion, -backslash_codes
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Enable or disable the interpretation of symbolic representations of special
|
|
|
|
characters with quoted input, or with program arguments, or with program
|
|
|
|
text output. If enabled the following translations apply:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
\a=bell(007) \b=backspace(010) \e=Escape(033) \f=formfeed(014)
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
\n=linefeed(012) \r=carriage_return(015) \t=tab(011)
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
\v=vtab(013) \\=backslash(134) \[0-7][0-7][0-7]=octal_code
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
\x[0-9a-f][0-9a-f]=hex_code \cC=control-C
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Translations can occur with quoted input in 3 modes:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"in_double_quotes" translates only inside " quotation.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"in_quotes" translates inside " and ' quotation.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"with_quoted_input" translates inside and outside quotes.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
With the start program arguments there is mode:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2013-05-30 19:26:07 +00:00
|
|
|
"with_program_arguments" translates program arguments.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Mode "encode_output" encodes output characters. It combines "encode_results"
|
|
|
|
with "encode_infos". Inside single or double quotation marks encoding applies
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
to 8-bit characters octal 001 to 037 , 177 to 377 and to backslash(134).
|
|
|
|
Outside quotation marks some harmless ASCII control characters stay unencoded:
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
bell(007), backspace(010), tab(011), linefeed(012), formfeed(014),
|
|
|
|
carriage_return(015).
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Mode "off" is default and disables any translation.
|
|
|
|
Mode "on" is
|
|
|
|
"with_quoted_input:with_program_arguments:encode_output".
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -temp_mem_limit number["k"|"m"]
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -temp_mem_limit curbs memory consumption
|
|
|
|
@cindex Program, curb memory, -temp_mem_limit
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Set the maximum size of temporary memory to be used for image dependent
|
|
|
|
buffering. Currently this applies to pattern expansion, LBA sorting,
|
|
|
|
restoring of hard links.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Default is 16m = 16 MiB, minimum 64k = 64 kiB, maximum 1024m = 1 GiB.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -print text
|
2011-04-03 09:46:16 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -print prints result text line
|
|
|
|
@cindex Program, print result text line, -print
|
|
|
|
Print a text line to the result channel which is by default stdout.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -print_info text
|
|
|
|
@kindex -print_info prints message text line
|
|
|
|
@cindex Program, print message text line, -print_info
|
|
|
|
Print a text line to the info channel which is by default stderr.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -print_mark text
|
|
|
|
@kindex -print_mark prints synchronizing text line
|
|
|
|
@cindex Program, print synchronizing text line, -print_mark
|
|
|
|
Print a text line to the mark channel which is by default directed to both,
|
|
|
|
result and info channel. An empty text will cause no output at all.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -prompt text
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -prompt prompts for enter key
|
|
|
|
@cindex Program, prompt for enter key, -prompt
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Show text at beginning of output line and
|
|
|
|
wait for the user to hit the Enter key
|
|
|
|
resp. to send a line via stdin.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
2011-10-14 09:43:30 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -sleep seconds
|
|
|
|
@kindex -sleep waits for a given time span
|
|
|
|
@cindex Program, wait a time span, -sleep
|
|
|
|
Wait for the given number of seconds before perfoming the next command.
|
|
|
|
Expect coarse granularity no better than 1/100 seconds.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -errfile_log mode path|channel
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -errfile_log logs problematic disk files
|
|
|
|
@cindex Write, log problematic disk files, -errfile_log
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
If problem events are related to input files from the filesystem, then their
|
|
|
|
disk_paths can be logged to a file or to output channels R or I.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Mode can either be "plain" or "marked". The latter causes marker lines which
|
|
|
|
give the time of log start, burn session start, burn session end, log end
|
|
|
|
or program end. In mode "plain", only the file paths are logged.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
If path is "-" or "-R" then the log is directed to the result channel.
|
|
|
|
Path "-I" directs it to the info message channel. Any text that does not
|
|
|
|
begin with "-" is used as path for a file to append the log lines.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Problematic files can be recorded multiple times during one program run.
|
|
|
|
If the program run aborts then the list might not be complete because
|
2012-02-24 20:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
some input files might not have been processed at all.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
The errfile paths are transported as messages of very low severity "ERRFILE".
|
|
|
|
This transport becomes visible with -report_about "ALL".
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -session_log path
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -session_log logs written sessions
|
|
|
|
@cindex Write, log written sessions, -session_log
|
|
|
|
@cindex Session, log when written, -session_log
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
If path is not empty it gives the address of a plain text file where
|
|
|
|
a log record gets appended after each session. This log can be used to
|
|
|
|
determine the start_lba of a session for mount options -o sbsector=
|
2012-11-05 09:37:47 +00:00
|
|
|
resp. -s from date or volume ID.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Record format is: timestamp start_lba size volume-id
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-11-05 09:37:47 +00:00
|
|
|
The first three items are single words, the rest of the line is the volume ID.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -scsi_log "on"|"off"
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -scsi_log reports SCSI commands
|
|
|
|
@cindex Drive, report SCSI commands, -scsi_log
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Mode "on" enables very verbous logging of SCSI commands and drive replies.
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
Logging messages get printed to stderr, not to any of the @command{xorriso}
|
|
|
|
output channels.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
A special property of this command is that the first -scsi_log setting
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
among the start arguments is in effect already when the first operations
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
of @command{xorriso} begin.
|
|
|
|
Only "-scsi_log" with dash "-" is recognized that way.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -end
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -end writes pending session and ends program
|
|
|
|
@cindex Process, end program and write, -end
|
|
|
|
@cindex Program, end and write, -end
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
End program after writing pending changes.
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -rollback_end
|
|
|
|
@kindex -rollback_end ends program without writing
|
|
|
|
@cindex Program, end without writing, -rollback_end
|
|
|
|
@cindex Process, end program, no writing, -rollback_end
|
|
|
|
Discard pending changes. End program immediately.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item # any text
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex # starts a comment line
|
|
|
|
@cindex Comment, #
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Only in dialog or file execution mode, and only as first
|
|
|
|
non-whitespace in line:
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
Do not execute the line but store it in readline history.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@c man .B Support for frontend programs via stdin and stdout:
|
2012-11-05 09:37:47 +00:00
|
|
|
@node Frontend, ExDevices, Scripting, Commands
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@section Support for frontend programs via stdin and stdout
|
|
|
|
@table @asis
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -pkt_output "on"|"off"
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -pkt_output consolidates text output
|
|
|
|
@cindex Process, consolidate text output, -pkt_output
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Consolidate text output on stdout and classify each
|
|
|
|
line by a channel indicator:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
'R:' for result lines,
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
'I:' for notes and error messages,
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
'M:' for -mark texts.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Next is a decimal number of which only bit 0 has a meaning for now.
|
|
|
|
0 means no newline at end of payload, 1 means that the newline character at
|
2010-11-30 09:43:32 +00:00
|
|
|
the end of the output line belongs to the payload. After another colon and
|
|
|
|
a blank follows the payload text.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-02-24 20:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
I:1: enter option and parameters :
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -logfile channel fileaddress
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -logfile logs output channels to file
|
|
|
|
@cindex Process, log output channels to file, -logfile
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Copy output of a channel to the given file. Channel may be one of: "." for all
|
|
|
|
channels, "I" for info messages, "R" for result lines, "M" for -mark texts.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -mark text
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -mark sets synchronizing message
|
|
|
|
@cindex Process, set synchronizing message, -mark
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
If text is not empty it will get put out on "M" channel each time
|
|
|
|
@command{xorriso} is ready for the next dialog line or before
|
|
|
|
@command{xorriso} performs a command that was entered to the pager prompt.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
2012-12-08 17:55:58 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -msg_op opcode parameter_text
|
|
|
|
@kindex -msg_op perform operations on program messages
|
|
|
|
@cindex Program messages, perform operations, -msg_op
|
|
|
|
This command shall facilitate extraction of particular information from
|
|
|
|
the message output of other commands. It gives access to the C API function
|
2012-12-16 13:12:15 +00:00
|
|
|
Xorriso_parse_line() and to the message sieve that is provided by the C API.
|
|
|
|
Please refer to their descriptions in file xorriso.h.
|
|
|
|
Further it helps to interpret the severity codes of info messages.
|
2012-12-08 17:55:58 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Intended users are frontend programs which operate xorriso in dialog mode.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
The result output of this command is not caught by the message sieve.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
The following opcodes are defined:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@strong{start_sieve}
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Install the message sieve as of Xorriso_sieve_big() and start watching
|
|
|
|
program messages. The parameter_text has no meaning.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@strong{show_sieve}
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Show a list of filter rule names. The parameter_text has no meaning.
|
|
|
|
The list begins by a line with the return value of Xorriso_sieve_get_result()
|
|
|
|
with flag bit3. If this value is larger than 0, then the next line tells
|
|
|
|
the number of names. The following lines show one name each.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@strong{read_sieve}
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Use the parameter_text as name of a filter rule and inquire its next
|
|
|
|
recorded result.
|
|
|
|
See Xorriso_sieve_big() for a list of names and reply strings.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
The recorded strings are put out on result channel. They get wrapped
|
|
|
|
into lines which tell their structure.
|
|
|
|
The first line tells the return value of Xorriso_sieve_get_result().
|
|
|
|
The next line tells the number of strings. Each string begins by a line that
|
|
|
|
tells the number of lines of the string. Then follow these lines. They are to
|
|
|
|
be concatenated with a newline character inbetween each of them.
|
|
|
|
Finally the number of still available recorded results of the given name
|
|
|
|
is put out.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@strong{clear_sieve}
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Dispose all recorded strings and continue watching program messages.
|
|
|
|
The parameter_text has no meaning.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@strong{end_sieve}
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Dispose the sieve with its filter rules and stop watching program messages.
|
|
|
|
The parameter_text has no meaning.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@strong{parse}
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Read a text from dialog input and submit it to Xorriso_parse_line().
|
|
|
|
The parameter_text word shall consist of several words separated by blanks.
|
|
|
|
It will be necessary to use both kinds of quotation marks.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
E.g. "'ISO session :' '' 0 0 1"
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
The five parameter words are: prefix, separators, max_words, flag,
|
|
|
|
number_of_input_lines.
|
|
|
|
The former four are handed over to Xorriso_parse_line(). The number of
|
|
|
|
input lines minus one tells xorriso how many newline characters are
|
|
|
|
part of the input text.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
The announced number of text lines will be read from dialog input,
|
|
|
|
concatenated with a newline character inbetween each of them,
|
|
|
|
and submitted to Xorriso_parse_line() as parameter line.
|
|
|
|
Note that newlines outside of quotation marks are
|
|
|
|
interpreted as separators if the separators parameter is empty.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
The parsed strings are put out on result channel. They get wrapped
|
|
|
|
into lines which tell their structure.
|
|
|
|
The first line tells the return value of Xorriso_parse_line().
|
|
|
|
The next line tells the number of strings. Each string begins by a line that
|
|
|
|
tells the number of lines of the string. Then follow these lines. They are to
|
|
|
|
be concatenated with a newline character inbetween each of them.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2013-01-05 21:50:41 +00:00
|
|
|
If -backslash_codes "encode_output" is enabled, then the strings undergo
|
|
|
|
encoding as if they were enclosed in quotes. Escpecially each string
|
|
|
|
will be put out as a single result line.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-12-16 13:12:15 +00:00
|
|
|
@strong{parse_bulk}
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Like "parse", but with the fifth parameter word being number_of_input_texts
|
|
|
|
rather than number_of_input_lines. Each input text has to be preceded by
|
|
|
|
a line that tells number_of_input_lines as with "parse".
|
|
|
|
Then come the announced number of text lines.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
All input texts will be read before printing of result lines begins.
|
|
|
|
This consumes memory in xorriso. So the number_of_input_texts should not
|
|
|
|
be extremely high. On the other hand, large transactions of command,
|
|
|
|
input texts, and results are desirable if connection latency is an
|
|
|
|
issue.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2013-07-02 09:28:57 +00:00
|
|
|
@strong{parse_silently}
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Like "parse" but not issueing a prompting message. Confusing to humans.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@strong{parse_bulk_silently}
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Like "parse_bulk" but not issueing a prompting message. Confusing to humans.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-12-15 09:31:41 +00:00
|
|
|
@strong{compare_sev}
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
The parameter_text should contain two comma separated severity texts as
|
|
|
|
issued by this program. Like "SORRY,UPDATE". See also paragraph
|
|
|
|
"Exception processing".
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
These two severity texts get compared and a number gets printed
|
|
|
|
to the result channel. This number is 0 if both severities are equal.
|
|
|
|
It is -1 if the first severity is lower than the second one.
|
|
|
|
It is 1 is the first severity is higher than the second one.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Above example "SORRY,UPDATE" will yield 1.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@strong{list_sev}
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Print to the result channel a blank separated list of all severity names.
|
|
|
|
Sorted from low to high severity.
|
2013-06-30 16:00:40 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
2013-07-04 09:47:13 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -named_pipe_loop mode[:mode] disk_path_stdin disk_path_stdout disk_path_stderr
|
2013-06-30 16:00:40 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -named_pipe_loop enters EOF resistant dialog
|
|
|
|
@cindex Dialog, EOF resistant, -named_pipe_loop
|
|
|
|
Temporarily replace standard input, standard output and standard error by
|
|
|
|
named pipes. Enter dialog mode without readline.
|
2013-07-04 09:47:13 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Defined modes are:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"cleanup" removes the submitted pipe files when the loop ends.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"keep" does not delete them. This is the default.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"buffered" reads all lines from the input pipe until EOF before it opens
|
|
|
|
the output pipes and processes the input lines.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
"direct" opens the output pipes after the first input line was read.
|
|
|
|
Each line is executed directly after it is read. This is the default.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
The other three parameters must either be disk paths to existing named pipes,
|
2013-06-30 16:00:40 +00:00
|
|
|
or be "-" to leave the according standard i/o channel unreplaced.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
xorriso will open the stdin pipe, read and execute dialog lines from it
|
2013-07-04 09:47:13 +00:00
|
|
|
until the sender closes the pipe. The output pipes get opened depending on
|
|
|
|
mode "buffered" resp. "direct". After all lines are executed, xorriso will
|
|
|
|
close its side of the pipes and enter a new cycle of opening, reading and
|
|
|
|
executing.
|
2013-06-30 16:00:40 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
If an input line consists only of the word "end_named_pipe_loop"
|
|
|
|
then -named_pipe_loop will end and further xorriso commands may be
|
|
|
|
executed from other sources.
|
2012-12-08 17:55:58 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
2012-12-25 17:56:24 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -launch_frontend program [arguments ...] @minus{}@minus{}
|
2012-12-20 20:22:58 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -launch_frontend starts frontend program at pipes
|
|
|
|
@cindex Frontend program, start at pipes, -launch_frontend
|
2012-12-25 17:56:24 +00:00
|
|
|
Start the program that is given as first parameter. Submit the other
|
|
|
|
parameters as program arguments. Enable xorriso dialog mode.
|
2012-12-20 20:22:58 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2013-01-04 19:00:14 +00:00
|
|
|
Two nameless pipe objects are created. xorriso standard input gets
|
|
|
|
connected to the standard output of the started program.
|
|
|
|
xorriso standard output and standard error get connected to the
|
|
|
|
standard input of that program.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-12-20 20:22:58 +00:00
|
|
|
xorriso will abort when the started program ends or if it cannot
|
|
|
|
be started at all. In both cases it will return a non-zero exit value.
|
|
|
|
The exit value will be zero if the frontend sends -end or -rollback_end
|
|
|
|
before ending itself.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
This command may be totaly banned at compile time. It is banned
|
|
|
|
by default if xorriso runs under setuid permissions.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
The program name will not be searched in the $PATH directories.
|
|
|
|
To make this clear, it must contain at least one /-character.
|
2012-12-25 17:56:24 +00:00
|
|
|
Best is an absolute path.
|
2012-12-20 20:22:58 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2013-01-04 19:00:14 +00:00
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
xorriso -launch_frontend "$(which xorriso-tcltk)" -stdio --
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-12-20 20:22:58 +00:00
|
|
|
The frontend program should first send via its standard output:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-12-25 17:56:24 +00:00
|
|
|
-mark 0 -pkt_output on -msg_op start_sieve - -reassure off
|
2012-12-20 20:22:58 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
It should be ready to decode -pkt_output and to react on -mark messages.
|
|
|
|
Best is to increment the -mark number after each sent command sequence
|
|
|
|
and then to wait for the new number to show up in a mark message:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-12-25 17:56:24 +00:00
|
|
|
...some...commands... -mark <incremented_number>
|
2012-12-20 20:22:58 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Further are advised:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-report_about UPDATE -abort_on NEVER
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-iso_rr_pattern off -disk_pattern off
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
A check of the xorriso version should be done, in order to make sure
|
|
|
|
that all desired features are present.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Command -launch_frontend will only work once per xorriso run.
|
2012-12-25 17:56:24 +00:00
|
|
|
If no command parameters are submitted or if program is an empty text,
|
|
|
|
then no program will be started but nevertheless -launch_frontend will
|
2012-12-20 20:22:58 +00:00
|
|
|
be irrevocably disabled.
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -prog text
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -prog sets program name
|
|
|
|
@cindex Program, set name, -prog
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Use text as name of this program in subsequent messages
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@item -prog_help text
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -prog_help prints help text
|
|
|
|
@cindex Program, print help text, -prog_help
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Use text as name of this program and perform -help.
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@c man .br
|
2012-11-05 09:37:47 +00:00
|
|
|
@node Examples, Files, Commands, Top
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@chapter Examples
|
|
|
|
@c man .SH EXAMPLES
|
|
|
|
@c man .SS
|
|
|
|
@c man .B Overview of examples:
|
|
|
|
@c man As superuser learn about available drives
|
|
|
|
@c man .br
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man Blank medium and compose a new ISO image as batch run
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .br
|
|
|
|
@c man A dialog session doing about the same
|
|
|
|
@c man .br
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man Manipulate an existing ISO image on the same medium
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .br
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man Copy modified ISO image from one medium to another
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .br
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man Bring a prepared ISOLINUX tree onto medium and make it bootable
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .br
|
|
|
|
@c man Change existing file name tree from ISO-8859-1 to UTF-8
|
|
|
|
@c man .br
|
|
|
|
@c man Operate on storage facilities other than optical drives
|
|
|
|
@c man .br
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man Burn an existing ISO image file to medium
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .br
|
|
|
|
@c man Perform multi-session runs as of cdrtools traditions
|
|
|
|
@c man .br
|
|
|
|
@c man Let xorriso work underneath growisofs
|
|
|
|
@c man .br
|
|
|
|
@c man Adjust thresholds for verbosity, exit value and program abort
|
|
|
|
@c man .br
|
|
|
|
@c man Examples of input timestrings
|
|
|
|
@c man .br
|
|
|
|
@c man Incremental backup of a few directory trees
|
|
|
|
@c man .br
|
|
|
|
@c man Restore directory trees from a particular ISO session to disk
|
|
|
|
@c man .br
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man Try to retrieve blocks from a damaged medium
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex Examples
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
|
|
* ExDevices:: As superuser learn about available drives
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
* ExCreate:: Blank medium and compose a new ISO image as batch run
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
* ExDialog:: A dialog session doing about the same
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
* ExGrowing:: Manipulate an existing ISO image on the same medium
|
|
|
|
* ExModifying:: Copy modified ISO image from one medium to another
|
|
|
|
* ExBootable:: Bring a prepared ISOLINUX tree onto medium and make it bootable
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
* ExCharset:: Change existing file name tree from ISO-8859-1 to UTF-8
|
|
|
|
* ExPseudo:: Operate on storage facilities other than optical drives
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
* ExCdrecord:: Burn an existing ISO image file to medium
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
* ExMkisofs:: Perform multi-session runs as of cdrtools traditions
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
* ExGrowisofs:: Let @command{xorriso} work underneath growisofs
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
* ExException:: Adjust thresholds for verbosity, exit value and program abort
|
|
|
|
* ExTime:: Examples of input timestrings
|
|
|
|
* ExIncBackup:: Incremental backup of a few directory trees
|
|
|
|
* ExRestore:: Restore directory trees from a particular ISO session to disk
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
* ExRecovery:: Try to retrieve blocks from a damaged medium
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
@c man .SS
|
|
|
|
@c man .B As superuser learn about available drives
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@node ExDevices, ExCreate, Frontend, Examples
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@section As superuser learn about available drives
|
2014-03-03 20:28:36 +00:00
|
|
|
On Linux, FreeBSD or NetBSD consider to give rw-permissions to those users
|
|
|
|
or groups which shall be able to use the drives with @command{xorriso}.
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
On Solaris use pfexec. Consider to restrict privileges of @command{xorriso} to
|
2010-06-10 18:15:56 +00:00
|
|
|
"base,sys_devices" and to give r-permission to user or group.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
2011-07-27 21:14:49 +00:00
|
|
|
$ xorriso -device_links
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2011-07-27 21:14:49 +00:00
|
|
|
1 -dev '/dev/cdrom1' rwrw@minus{}@minus{} : 'TSSTcorp' 'DVD-ROM SH-D162C
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2011-07-27 21:14:49 +00:00
|
|
|
1 -dev '/dev/cdrw' rwrw@minus{}@minus{} : 'TSSTcorp' 'CDDVDW SH-S223B'
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2011-07-27 21:14:49 +00:00
|
|
|
2 -dev '/dev/cdrw3' rwrw@minus{}@minus{} : 'HL-DT-ST' 'BDDVDRW_GGC-H20L'
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .SS
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .B Blank medium and compose a new ISO image as batch run
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@node ExCreate, ExDialog, ExDevices, Examples
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
@section Blank medium and compose a new ISO image as batch run
|
2012-03-05 10:32:03 +00:00
|
|
|
Acquire drive /dev/sr2, make medium ready for writing a new image,
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
fill the image with the files from hard disk directories /home/me/sounds
|
|
|
|
and /home/me/pictures.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Because no -dialog "on" is given, the program will then end by writing the
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
session to the medium.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
$ xorriso -outdev /dev/sr2 \
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-blank as_needed \
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-map /home/me/sounds /sounds \
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-map /home/me/pictures /pictures
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
The ISO image may be shaped in a more elaborate way like the following:
|
|
|
|
Omit some unwanted stuff by removing it from the image directory tree.
|
|
|
|
Reintroduce some wanted stuff.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
$ cd /home/me
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
$ xorriso -outdev /dev/sr2 \
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-blank as_needed \
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-map /home/me/sounds /sounds \
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-map /home/me/pictures /pictures \
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-rm_r \
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
/sounds/indecent \
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
'/pictures/*private*' \
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
/pictures/confidential \
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@minus{}@minus{} \
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-cd / \
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-add pictures/confidential/work* @minus{}@minus{}
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
Note that '/pictures/*private*' is a pattern for iso_rr_paths
|
|
|
|
while pictures/confidential/work* gets expanded by the shell
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
with addresses from the hard disk. Commands -add and -map have different
|
2012-02-24 20:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
parameter rules but finally the same effect: they put files into the image.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .SS
|
|
|
|
@c man .B A dialog session doing about the same
|
|
|
|
@c man .br
|
|
|
|
@node ExDialog, ExGrowing, ExCreate, Examples
|
|
|
|
@section A dialog session doing about the same as the previous example
|
|
|
|
Some settings are already given as start argument. The other activities
|
|
|
|
are done as dialog input. The pager gets set to 20 lines of 80 characters.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
The drive is acquired by command -dev rather than -outdev in order to see
|
|
|
|
the message about its current content. By command -blank this content is
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
made ready for being overwritten and the loaded ISO image is made empty.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
In order to be able to eject the medium, the session needs to be committed
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
explicitly.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@c man .B $ xorriso -dialog on -page 20 80 -disk_pattern on
|
|
|
|
@c man .br
|
|
|
|
@c man enter option and arguments :
|
|
|
|
@c man .br
|
|
|
|
@c man .B \-dev /dev/sr2
|
|
|
|
@c man .br
|
|
|
|
@c man enter option and arguments :
|
|
|
|
@c man .br
|
|
|
|
@c man .B \-blank as_needed
|
|
|
|
@c man .br
|
|
|
|
@c man enter option and arguments :
|
|
|
|
@c man .br
|
|
|
|
@c man .B \-map /home/me/sounds /sounds -map /home/me/pictures /pictures
|
|
|
|
@c man .br
|
|
|
|
@c man enter option and arguments :
|
|
|
|
@c man .br
|
|
|
|
@c man .B \-rm_r /sounds/indecent /pictures/*private* /pictures/confidential
|
|
|
|
@c man .br
|
|
|
|
@c man enter option and arguments :
|
|
|
|
@c man .br
|
|
|
|
@c man .B \-cdx /home/me/pictures -cd /pictures
|
|
|
|
@c man .br
|
|
|
|
@c man enter option and arguments :
|
|
|
|
@c man .br
|
|
|
|
@c man .B \-add confidential/office confidential/factory
|
|
|
|
@c man .br
|
|
|
|
@c man enter option and arguments :
|
|
|
|
@c man .br
|
|
|
|
@c man .B \-du /
|
|
|
|
@c man .br
|
|
|
|
@c man enter option and arguments :
|
|
|
|
@c man .br
|
|
|
|
@c man .B \-commit_eject all -end
|
|
|
|
@c man .br
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
@c man-ignore-lines begin
|
|
|
|
$ xorriso -dialog on -page 20 80 -disk_pattern on
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
enter option and arguments :
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-dev /dev/sr2
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
enter option and arguments :
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-blank as_needed
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
enter option and arguments :
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-map /home/me/sounds /sounds -map /home/me/pictures /pictures
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
enter option and arguments :
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-rm_r /sounds/indecent /pictures/*private* /pictures/confidential
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
enter option and arguments :
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-cdx /home/me/pictures -cd /pictures
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
enter option and arguments :
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-add confidential/office confidential/factory
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
enter option and arguments :
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-du /
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
enter option and arguments :
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-commit_eject all -end
|
|
|
|
@c man-ignore-lines end
|
|
|
|
@c man .SS
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .B Manipulate an existing ISO image on the same medium
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@node ExGrowing, ExModifying, ExDialog, Examples
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
@section Manipulate an existing ISO image on the same medium
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Load image from drive.
|
|
|
|
Remove (i.e. hide) directory /sounds and its subordinates.
|
|
|
|
Rename directory /pictures/confidential to /pictures/restricted.
|
|
|
|
Change access permissions of directory /pictures/restricted.
|
|
|
|
Add new directory trees /sounds and /movies.
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
Burn to the same medium, check whether the tree can be loaded, and eject.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
$ xorriso -dev /dev/sr2 \
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-rm_r /sounds @minus{}@minus{} \
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-mv \
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
/pictures/confidential \
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
/pictures/restricted \
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@minus{}@minus{} \
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-chmod go-rwx /pictures/restricted @minus{}@minus{} \
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-map /home/me/prepared_for_dvd/sounds_dummy /sounds \
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-map /home/me/prepared_for_dvd/movies /movies \
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-commit -eject all
|
|
|
|
@c man .SS
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .B Copy modified ISO image from one medium to another
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@node ExModifying, ExBootable, ExGrowing, Examples
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
@section Copy modified ISO image from one medium to another
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Load image from input drive. Do the same manipulations as in the previous
|
2012-03-05 10:32:03 +00:00
|
|
|
example. Acquire output drive and blank it. Burn the modified image as
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
first and only session to the output drive.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
$ xorriso -indev /dev/sr2 \
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-rm_r /sounds @minus{}@minus{} \
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
...
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-outdev /dev/sr0 -blank as_needed \
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-commit -eject all
|
|
|
|
@c man .SS
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .B Bring a prepared ISOLINUX tree onto medium and make it bootable
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@node ExBootable, ExCharset, ExModifying, Examples
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
@section Bring a prepared ISOLINUX tree onto medium and make it bootable
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
The user has already created a suitable file tree on disk and copied the
|
|
|
|
ISOLINUX files into subdirectory ./boot/isolinux of that tree.
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
Now @command{xorriso} can burn an El Torito bootable medium:
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
$ xorriso -outdev /dev/sr0 -blank as_needed \
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-map /home/me/ISOLINUX_prepared_tree / \
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-boot_image isolinux dir=/boot/isolinux
|
|
|
|
@c man .SS
|
|
|
|
@c man .B Change existing file name tree from ISO-8859-1 to UTF-8
|
|
|
|
@node ExCharset, ExPseudo, ExBootable, Examples
|
|
|
|
@section Change existing file name tree from ISO-8859-1 to UTF-8
|
|
|
|
This example assumes that the existing ISO image was written with character
|
2013-11-27 09:51:05 +00:00
|
|
|
set ISO-8859-1 but that the readers expected UTF-8. Now a new session
|
|
|
|
gets added with converted file names.
|
|
|
|
Command -changes_pending "yes" enables writing despite the lack of any
|
|
|
|
manipulation command.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
In order to avoid any weaknesses of the local character set, this command
|
|
|
|
pretends that it uses already the final target set UTF-8.
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
Therefore strange file names may appear in messages, which
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
will be made terminal-safe by command -backslash_codes.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
$ xorriso -in_charset ISO-8859-1 -local_charset UTF-8 \
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-out_charset UTF-8 -backslash_codes on -dev /dev/sr0 \
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2013-11-27 09:51:05 +00:00
|
|
|
-changes_pending yes -commit -eject all
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .SS
|
|
|
|
@c man .B Operate on storage facilities other than optical drives
|
|
|
|
@node ExPseudo, ExCdrecord, ExCharset, Examples
|
|
|
|
@section Operate on storage facilities other than optical drives
|
|
|
|
Full read-write operation is possible with regular files and block devices:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
$ xorriso -dev /tmp/regular_file ...
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
Paths underneath /dev normally need prefix "stdio:"
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
$ xorriso -dev stdio:/dev/sdb ...
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
If /dev/sdb is to be used frequently and /dev/sda is the system disk,
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
then consider to place the following lines in a @command{xorriso} Startup File.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
They allow to use /dev/sdb without prefix and protect disk /dev/sda
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
from @command{xorriso}:
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
-drive_class banned /dev/sda*
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-drive_class harmless /dev/sdb
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
Other writeable file types are supported write-only:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
$ xorriso -outdev /tmp/named_pipe ...
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
Among the write-only drives is standard output:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
$ xorriso -outdev - \
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
...
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
| gzip >image.iso.gz
|
|
|
|
@c man .SS
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .B Burn an existing ISO image file to medium
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@node ExCdrecord, ExMkisofs, ExPseudo, Examples
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
@section Burn an existing ISO image file to medium
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Actually this works with any kind of data, not only ISO images:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
$ xorriso -as cdrecord -v dev=/dev/sr0 blank=as_needed image.iso
|
|
|
|
@c man .SS
|
|
|
|
@c man .B Perform multi-session runs as of cdrtools traditions
|
|
|
|
@node ExMkisofs, ExGrowisofs, ExCdrecord, Examples
|
|
|
|
@section Perform multi-session runs as of cdrtools traditions
|
|
|
|
Between both processes there can be performed arbitrary transportation
|
|
|
|
or filtering.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
The first session is written like this:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
$ xorriso -as mkisofs prepared_for_iso/tree1 | \
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
xorriso -as cdrecord -v dev=/dev/sr0 blank=fast -multi -eject -
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
Follow-up sessions are written like this:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
2011-03-09 12:48:21 +00:00
|
|
|
$ dd if=/dev/sr0 count=1 >/dev/null 2>&1
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
$ m=$(xorriso -as cdrecord dev=/dev/sr0 -msinfo)
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
$ xorriso -as mkisofs -M /dev/sr0 -C $m prepared_for_iso/tree2 | \
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
xorriso -as cdrecord -v dev=/dev/sr0 -waiti -multi -eject -
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
Always eject the drive tray between sessions. The old sessions
|
2011-03-09 12:48:21 +00:00
|
|
|
get read via /dev/sr0. Its device driver might not be aware
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
of the changed content before it loads the medium again.
|
2011-03-09 12:48:21 +00:00
|
|
|
In this case the previous session would not be loaded and the
|
|
|
|
new session would contain only the newly added files.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
For the same reason do not let @command{xorriso} -as cdrecord load the medium,
|
2011-03-09 12:48:21 +00:00
|
|
|
but rather do this manually or by a program that reads from /dev/sr0.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
This example works for multi-session media only.
|
|
|
|
Add cdrskin option @minus{}@minus{}grow_overwriteable_iso
|
|
|
|
to all -as cdrecord runs
|
|
|
|
in order to enable multi-session emulation on overwriteable media.
|
|
|
|
@c man .SS
|
|
|
|
@c man .B Let xorriso work underneath growisofs
|
|
|
|
@node ExGrowisofs, ExException, ExMkisofs, Examples
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
@section Let @command{xorriso} work underneath growisofs
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
growisofs expects an ISO formatter program which understands options -C and
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
-M. If @command{xorriso} gets started by name "xorrisofs" then it is suitable
|
|
|
|
for that.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
$ export MKISOFS="xorrisofs"
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
$ growisofs -Z /dev/dvd /some/files
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
$ growisofs -M /dev/dvd /more/files
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
If no "xorrisofs" is available on your system, then you will have to create
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
a link pointing to the @command{xorriso} binary and tell growisofs to use it.
|
|
|
|
E.g. by:
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
$ ln -s $(which xorriso) "$HOME/xorrisofs"
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
$ export MKISOFS="$HOME/xorrisofs"
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
One may quit mkisofs emulation by argument "@minus{}@minus{}" and make
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
use of all @command{xorriso} commands. growisofs dislikes options which
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
start with "-o" but -outdev must be set to "-".
|
|
|
|
So use "outdev" instead:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
$ growisofs -Z /dev/dvd @minus{}@minus{} outdev - -update_r /my/files /files
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
$ growisofs -M /dev/dvd @minus{}@minus{} outdev - -update_r /my/files /files
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
growisofs has excellent burn capabilities with DVD and BD.
|
|
|
|
It does not emulate session history on overwriteable media, though.
|
|
|
|
@c man .SS
|
|
|
|
@c man .B Adjust thresholds for verbosity, exit value and program abort
|
|
|
|
@node ExException, ExTime, ExGrowisofs, Examples
|
|
|
|
@section Adjust thresholds for verbosity, exit value and program abort
|
|
|
|
Be quite verbous, exit 32 if severity "FAILURE" was encountered,
|
|
|
|
do not abort prematurely but forcibly go on until the end of commands.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
$ xorriso ... \
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-report_about UPDATE \
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-return_with FAILURE 32 \
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-abort_on NEVER \
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
...
|
|
|
|
@c man .SS
|
|
|
|
@c man .B Examples of input timestrings
|
|
|
|
@node ExTime, ExIncBackup, ExException, Examples
|
|
|
|
@section Examples of input timestrings
|
|
|
|
@c man .br
|
|
|
|
@c man As printed by program date:
|
|
|
|
@c man .B 'Thu Nov 8 14:51:13 CET 2007'
|
|
|
|
@c man .br
|
|
|
|
@c man The same without ignored parts:
|
|
|
|
@c man .B 'Nov 8 14:51:13 2007'
|
|
|
|
@c man .br
|
|
|
|
@c man The same as expected by date:
|
|
|
|
@c man .B 110814512007.13
|
|
|
|
@c man .br
|
|
|
|
@c man Four weeks in the future:
|
|
|
|
@c man .B +4w
|
|
|
|
@c man .br
|
|
|
|
@c man The current time:
|
|
|
|
@c man .B +0
|
|
|
|
@c man .br
|
|
|
|
@c man Three hours ago:
|
|
|
|
@c man .B \-3h
|
|
|
|
@c man .br
|
|
|
|
@c man Seconds since Jan 1 1970:
|
|
|
|
@c man .B =1194531416
|
|
|
|
@c man-ignore-lines begin
|
|
|
|
As printed by program date:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
'Thu Nov 8 14:51:13 CET 2007'
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
The same without ignored parts:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
'Nov 8 14:51:13 2007'
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
The same as expected by date:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
110814512007.13
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
Four weeks in the future:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
+4w
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
The current time:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
+0
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
Three hours ago:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-3h
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
Seconds since Jan 1 1970:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
=1194531416
|
|
|
|
@c man-ignore-lines end
|
|
|
|
@c man .SS
|
|
|
|
@c man .B Incremental backup of a few directory trees
|
|
|
|
@node ExIncBackup, ExRestore, ExTime, Examples
|
|
|
|
@section Incremental backup of a few directory trees
|
2013-05-10 10:27:27 +00:00
|
|
|
This changes the directory trees /projects and /personal_mail
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
in the ISO image so that they become exact copies of their disk counterparts.
|
|
|
|
ISO file objects get created, deleted or get their attributes adjusted
|
|
|
|
accordingly.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
ACL, xattr, hard links and MD5 checksums will be recorded.
|
|
|
|
Accelerated comparison is enabled at the expense of potentially larger backup
|
2012-11-05 09:37:47 +00:00
|
|
|
size. Only media with the expected volume ID or blank media are accepted.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Files with names matching *.o or *.swp get excluded explicitly.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
When done with writing the new session gets checked by its recorded MD5.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
$ xorriso \
|
2011-01-04 19:30:49 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-abort_on FATAL \
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-for_backup -disk_dev_ino on \
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-assert_volid 'PROJECTS_MAIL_*' FATAL \
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-dev /dev/sr0 \
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-volid PROJECTS_MAIL_"$(date '+%Y_%m_%d_%H%M%S')" \
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-not_leaf '*.o' -not_leaf '*.swp' \
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2011-02-12 17:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
-update_r /home/thomas/projects /projects \
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-update_r /home/thomas/personal_mail /personal_mail \
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-commit -toc -check_md5 FAILURE @minus{}@minus{} -eject all
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
To be used several times on the same medium, whenever an update of
|
|
|
|
the two disk trees to the medium is desired. Begin with a blank medium and
|
2012-07-08 13:47:36 +00:00
|
|
|
update it until the run fails gracefully due to lack of remaining space on
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
the old one.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
This makes sense if the full backup leaves substantial remaining capacity
|
|
|
|
on media and if the expected changes are much smaller than the full backup.
|
|
|
|
To apply zisofs compression to those data files which get newly copied from
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
the local filesystem, insert these commands immediately before -commit :
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
-hardlinks perform_update \
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-find / -type f -pending_data -exec set_filter @minus{}@minus{}zisofs @minus{}@minus{} \
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
Commands -disk_dev_ino and -for_backup depend on stable device and inode numbers
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
on disk. Without them, an update run may use -md5 "on" to match recorded MD5
|
|
|
|
sums against the current file content on hard disk. This is usually much faster
|
|
|
|
than the default which compares both contents directly.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
With @strong{mount} option @strong{-o "sbsector="} on GNU/Linux
|
|
|
|
resp. @strong{-s} on FreeBSD
|
|
|
|
it is possible to access the session trees which represent the older backup
|
|
|
|
versions. With CD media, GNU/Linux mount accepts session numbers directly by
|
|
|
|
its option "session=".
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
Multi-session media and most overwriteable media written by @command{xorriso}
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
can tell the sbsectors of their sessions by @command{xorriso} command -toc.
|
|
|
|
Used after -commit the following command prints the matching mount command for
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
the newly written session (here for mount point /mnt):
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
-mount_cmd "indev" "auto" "auto" /mnt
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
Commands -mount_cmd and -mount are also able to produce the mount commands for
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
older sessions in the table-of-content. E.g. as superuser:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
# osirrox -mount /dev/sr0 "volid" '*2008_12_05*' /mnt
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
2011-02-12 17:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .sp 1
|
|
|
|
Above example produces a result similar to -root / -old-root / with mkisofs.
|
|
|
|
For getting the session trees accumulated in the new sessions, let all -update
|
|
|
|
commands use a common parent directory and clone it after updating is done:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-update_r /home/thomas/projects /current/projects \
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-update_r /home/thomas/personal_mail /current/personal_mail \
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-clone /current /"$(date '+%Y_%m_%d_%H%M%S')" \
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
The cloned tree will have a name like /2011_02_12_155700.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
@c man .sp 1
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Sessions on multi-session media are separated by several MB of unused blocks.
|
|
|
|
So with small sessions the payload capacity can become substantially lower
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
than the overall media capacity. If the remaining space on a medium does not
|
|
|
|
suffice for the next gap, the drive is supposed to close the medium
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
automatically.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
2011-02-12 17:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .sp 1
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@strong{Better do not use your youngest backup for -update_r}.
|
|
|
|
Have at least two media which you use alternatingly. So only older backups
|
|
|
|
get endangered by the new write operation, while the newest backup is
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
stored safely on a different medium.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Always have a blank medium ready to perform a full backup in case the update
|
|
|
|
attempt fails due to insufficient remaining capacity. This failure will
|
|
|
|
not spoil the old medium, of course.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .SS
|
|
|
|
@c man .B Restore directory trees from a particular ISO session to disk
|
|
|
|
@node ExRestore, ExRecovery, ExIncBackup, Examples
|
|
|
|
@section Restore directory trees from a particular ISO session to disk
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
This is an alternative to mounting the medium and using normal file operations.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
First check which backup sessions are on the medium:
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
$ xorriso -outdev /dev/sr0 -toc
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
2013-05-10 10:27:27 +00:00
|
|
|
Then enable restoring of ACL, xattr and hard links. Load the desired session
|
|
|
|
and copy the file trees to disk.
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
Avoid to create /home/thomas/restored without rwx-permission.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
$ xorriso -for_backup \
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-load volid 'PROJECTS_MAIL_2008_06_19*' \
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-indev /dev/sr0 \
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-osirrox on:auto_chmod_on \
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-chmod u+rwx / @minus{}@minus{} \
|
|
|
|
@*
|
2013-05-10 10:27:27 +00:00
|
|
|
-extract /projects /home/thomas/restored/projects \
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-extract /personal_mail /home/thomas/restored/personal_mail \
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-rollback_end
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
The final command -rollback_end prevents an error message about the altered
|
|
|
|
image being discarded.
|
|
|
|
@c man .SS
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .B Try to retrieve blocks from a damaged medium
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@node ExRecovery,, ExRestore, Examples
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
@section Try to retrieve blocks from a damaged medium
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
$ xorriso -abort_on NEVER -indev /dev/sr0 \
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
-check_media time_limit=1800 report=blocks_files \
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
data_to="$HOME"/dvd_copy sector_map="$HOME"/dvd_copy.map @minus{}@minus{}
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
This can be repeated several times, if necessary with -eject or with other
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
-indev drives. See the human readable part of "$HOME"/dvd_copy.map for
|
|
|
|
addresses which can be used on "$HOME"/dvd_copy with mount option -o sbsector=
|
|
|
|
resp. -s.
|
|
|
|
@c man .SH FILES
|
|
|
|
@node Files, Seealso, Examples, Top
|
|
|
|
@chapter Files
|
2010-04-12 11:09:38 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .SS
|
|
|
|
@c man .B Program alias names:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@section Program Alias Names
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
Normal installation of @command{xorriso} creates three links or copies which by their
|
2010-04-12 11:09:38 +00:00
|
|
|
program name pre-select certain settings:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
@strong{xorrisofs} starts @command{xorriso} with -as mkisofs emulation.
|
2010-04-12 11:09:38 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
@strong{xorrecord} starts @command{xorriso} with -as cdrecord emulation.
|
2010-04-12 11:09:38 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@strong{osirrox} starts with -osirrox "on:o_excl_off" which allows
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
to copy files from ISO image to disk and to apply command -mount to
|
2010-04-12 11:09:38 +00:00
|
|
|
one or more of the existing ISO sessions.
|
|
|
|
@c man .SS
|
|
|
|
@c man .B Startup files:
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@section Startup Files
|
2010-04-12 11:09:38 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
If not -no_rc is given as the first argument then @command{xorriso} attempts on startup
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
to read and execute lines from the following files:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
/etc/default/xorriso
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
/etc/opt/xorriso/rc
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
/etc/xorriso/xorriso.conf
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
$HOME/.xorrisorc
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
The files are read in the sequence given above, but none of them is required
|
2011-04-03 08:28:07 +00:00
|
|
|
to exist. The line format is described with command -options_from_file.
|
2010-06-25 17:59:01 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
If mkisofs emulation was enabled by program name "xorrisofs", "mkisofs",
|
|
|
|
"genisoimage", or "genisofs", then afterwards -read_mkisofsrc is performed,
|
|
|
|
which reads .mkisofsrc files. See there.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .SS
|
|
|
|
@c man .B Runtime control files:
|
|
|
|
@section Runtime control files
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
The default setting of -check_media abort_file= is:
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
/var/opt/xorriso/do_abort_check_media
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@c man .SH SEE ALSO
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
2011-03-05 17:42:25 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man For the mkisofs emulation of xorriso
|
|
|
|
@c man .BR xorrisofs(1)
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
2011-10-25 10:39:10 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man For the cdrecord emulation of xorriso
|
|
|
|
@c man .BR xorrecord(1)
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man For mounting xorriso generated ISO 9660 images (-t iso9660)
|
|
|
|
@c man .BR mount(8)
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@c man Libreadline, a comfortable input line facility
|
|
|
|
@c man .BR readline(3)
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@c man Other programs which produce ISO 9660 images
|
|
|
|
@c man .BR mkisofs(8),
|
|
|
|
@c man .BR genisoimage(8)
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@c man Other programs which burn sessions to optical media
|
|
|
|
@c man .BR growisofs(1),
|
|
|
|
@c man .BR cdrecord(1),
|
|
|
|
@c man .BR wodim(1),
|
|
|
|
@c man .BR cdrskin(1)
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@c man ACL and xattr
|
|
|
|
@c man .BR getfacl(1),
|
|
|
|
@c man .BR setfacl(1),
|
|
|
|
@c man .BR getfattr(1),
|
|
|
|
@c man .BR setfattr(1)
|
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@c man MD5 checksums
|
|
|
|
@c man .BR md5sum(1)
|
2011-08-23 10:42:01 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .TP
|
|
|
|
@c man On FreeBSD the commands for xattr and MD5 differ
|
|
|
|
@c man .BR getextattr(8),
|
|
|
|
@c man .BR setextattr(8),
|
|
|
|
@c man .BR md5(1)
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man-ignore-lines begin
|
2011-05-17 09:28:05 +00:00
|
|
|
@node Seealso, Bugreport, Files, Top
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@chapter See also
|
|
|
|
@table @asis
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
@item For the mkisofs emulation of @command{xorriso}
|
2011-03-05 17:42:25 +00:00
|
|
|
xorrisofs(1)
|
2011-10-25 10:39:10 +00:00
|
|
|
@item For the cdrecord emulation of @command{xorriso}
|
|
|
|
xorrecord(1)
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
@item For mounting @command{xorriso} generated ISO 9660 images (-t iso9660)
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
mount(8)
|
|
|
|
@item Libreadline, a comfortable input line facility
|
|
|
|
readline(3)
|
|
|
|
@item Other programs which produce ISO 9660 images
|
|
|
|
mkisofs(8),
|
|
|
|
genisoimage(8)
|
|
|
|
@item Other programs which burn sessions to optical media
|
|
|
|
growisofs(1),
|
|
|
|
cdrecord(1),
|
|
|
|
wodim(1),
|
|
|
|
cdrskin(1)
|
|
|
|
@item ACL and xattr
|
|
|
|
getfacl(1),
|
|
|
|
setfacl(1),
|
|
|
|
getfattr(1),
|
|
|
|
setfattr(1)
|
|
|
|
@item MD5 checksums
|
|
|
|
md5sum(1)
|
2011-08-23 10:42:01 +00:00
|
|
|
@item On FreeBSD some commands differ:
|
|
|
|
getextattr(8),
|
|
|
|
setextattr(8),
|
|
|
|
md5(1)
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@c man-ignore-lines end
|
2011-05-17 09:28:05 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .SH BUGS
|
|
|
|
@node Bugreport, Legal, Seealso, Top
|
|
|
|
@chapter Reporting bugs
|
|
|
|
@cindex Bugs, reporting
|
|
|
|
@cindex Problems, reporting
|
2011-05-18 07:03:39 +00:00
|
|
|
To report bugs, request help, or suggest enhancements for @command{xorriso},
|
|
|
|
please send electronic mail to the public list @email{bug-xorriso@@gnu.org}.
|
|
|
|
If more privacy is desired, mail to @email{scdbackup@@gmx.net}.
|
2011-05-17 09:28:05 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
Please describe what you expect @command{xorriso} to do,
|
|
|
|
the program arguments resp. commands by which you tried to achieve it,
|
|
|
|
the messages of @command{xorriso}, and the undesirable outcome of your
|
|
|
|
program run.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
Expect to get asked more questions before solutions can be proposed.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .SH AUTHOR
|
2011-05-17 09:28:05 +00:00
|
|
|
@node Legal, CommandIdx, Bugreport, Top
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@chapter Author, Copyright, Credits
|
|
|
|
@section Author
|
|
|
|
Thomas Schmitt <scdbackup@@gmx.net>
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
for libburnia-project.org
|
|
|
|
@c man .SH COPYRIGHT
|
|
|
|
@section Copyright
|
2014-01-14 09:11:02 +00:00
|
|
|
Copyright (c) 2007 - 2014 Thomas Schmitt
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@*
|
2010-06-10 18:15:56 +00:00
|
|
|
Permission is granted to distribute this text freely. It shall only be
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
modified in sync with the technical properties of @command{xorriso}.
|
|
|
|
If you make use of the license to derive modified versions of
|
|
|
|
@command{xorriso} then you are entitled to modify this text under that
|
|
|
|
same license.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man .SH CREDITS
|
|
|
|
@section Credits
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
@command{xorriso} is in part based on work by Vreixo Formoso who provides
|
|
|
|
libisofs together with Mario Danic who also leads the libburnia team.
|
2012-06-06 18:48:26 +00:00
|
|
|
Vladimir Serbinenko contributed the HFS+ filesystem code and related knowledge.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Thanks to Andy Polyakov who invented emulated growing,
|
|
|
|
to Derek Foreman and Ben Jansens who once founded libburn.
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
Compliments towards Joerg Schilling whose cdrtools served me for ten years.
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man-ignore-lines begin
|
|
|
|
|
2010-03-21 12:45:43 +00:00
|
|
|
@node CommandIdx, ConceptIdx, Legal, Top
|
|
|
|
@chapter Alphabetic Command List
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@printindex ky
|
|
|
|
|
2013-09-05 08:18:00 +00:00
|
|
|
@node ConceptIdx,, CommandIdx, Top
|
2010-03-21 12:45:43 +00:00
|
|
|
@chapter Alphabetic List of Concepts and Objects
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@printindex cp
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c man-ignore-lines end
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
@bye
|